20.03.2015 Views

Market Economics | Interest Rate Strategy - BNP PARIBAS ...

Market Economics | Interest Rate Strategy - BNP PARIBAS ...

Market Economics | Interest Rate Strategy - BNP PARIBAS ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> | <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> | Forex <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Outlook 2-3<br />

Fundamentals 4-30<br />

• Global Inflation: Ready for Takeoff? 4-9<br />

• US: FOMC to Hold the Line 10-12<br />

• Canada: Betting on Investment and 13-14<br />

Exports<br />

• Eurozone Inflation: Forecast 15-17<br />

Revision<br />

• ECB: Bark or Bite? 18-21<br />

• ECB Inflation Performance: A 22-23<br />

Review<br />

• Eurozone: BoP Leaves Euro<br />

24<br />

Vulnerable<br />

• Norway: Norges Bank Preview 25-26<br />

• Japan: New Cabinet and Policy 27-28<br />

Outlook<br />

• Japan: Capex Outlook 29-30<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> 31-58<br />

• US/EUR Spreads: Further 31-32<br />

Tightening Near Term<br />

• US: Could the Short End Have a 33<br />

Pulse?<br />

• US: Setup for Auctions With Spread 34-35<br />

Curve Flatteners<br />

• MBS: Stay Long 36-38<br />

• EUR: Liquidity is No Stress 39<br />

• EUR: Bund ASW Risk/Reward 40<br />

Analysis<br />

• EMU Debt Monitor: Trade Ideas, 41-46<br />

CDS, RV Charts, Redemptions, SSA<br />

& Covered Bonds<br />

• EUR: Buy 3m5y Straddle vs 3m10y 47<br />

Straddle:<br />

• JGBs: Commodities – A Headwind 48<br />

• Global Inflation Watch 49-52<br />

• Inflation: With Supply Comes 53-55<br />

Opportunities<br />

• Technical Analysis 56-57<br />

• Trade Reviews 58<br />

FX <strong>Strategy</strong> 59-65<br />

• <strong>Strategy</strong>: Travelling Asia 59-62<br />

• Technical <strong>Strategy</strong>: EURUSD Rally 63-64<br />

Eyes 1.3750-1.3950<br />

• Trading Positions 65<br />

Commodities 66-68<br />

• Oil Update: Brent Premium the New 66-68<br />

Norm<br />

Forecasts & Calendars 69-83<br />

• 1 Week Economic Calendar 69-70<br />

• Key Data Preview 71-78<br />

• 4 Week Calendar 79<br />

• Treasury & SAS Issuance 80-81<br />

• Central Bank Watch 82<br />

• Economic & <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> Forecasts 83<br />

• FX Forecasts 84<br />

Contacts 85<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com<br />

• The short-run strategy call for Treasuries remains<br />

neutral. With the market in a narrow range, the preference<br />

is to play the curve via the 5/10s flattener.<br />

• The FOMC meeting is a two-day affair, with the Fed to<br />

set out its quarterly forecasts ahead of the Chairman’s<br />

semi-annual testimony to Congress in February.<br />

• The FOMC opted for a cautious interpretation of the<br />

improvement in the economy in December and more of the<br />

same is likely in this month’s statement.<br />

• Positives for core EGB markets are in short supply.<br />

Supply is heavy and macro news flow remains strong.<br />

Curve wise, flattening remains the call.<br />

• EGB spreads have been in a trading range, albeit a wide<br />

one, as markets await news on amendments to the EFSF.<br />

This may take a while, as politicians tend to take their<br />

collective foot off the gas when markets calm.<br />

• Anxiety at the ECB over upside risks to inflation has<br />

increased but subdued wage pressures continue to<br />

suggest that there is no need to panic.<br />

• In the UK, in contrast, inflation worries are more<br />

pressing. This should be reflected in the Bank of England<br />

MPC minutes out next week.<br />

• The JGB market continues to lack direction and 10-year<br />

yields should remain in the existing ranges.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Views<br />

Current 1 Week 1 Month<br />

UST 10y T-note Yield (%) 3.40 ↔ ↓<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 280 ↔ ↓<br />

EGB 10y Bund Yield (%) 3.15 ↔ ↓<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 190 ↔ ↓<br />

JGB 10y JGB Yield (%) 1.21 ↔ ↔<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 102 ↔ ↔<br />

Forex EUR/USD 1.3445 ↑ ↓<br />

USD/JPY 82.99 ↓ ↑<br />

IMPORTANT NOTICE. Please refer to important disclosures found at the end of<br />

this report. Some sections of this report have been written by our strategy teams<br />

(shown in blue). Such reports do not purport to be an exhaustive analysis and may<br />

be subject to conflicts of interest resulting from their interaction with sales and<br />

trading which could affect the objectivity of this report.


<strong>Market</strong> Outlook<br />

Further flattening for<br />

Treasuries<br />

The strategy call for the Treasury market remains a neutral one in the short<br />

run, with a bias towards recommending long positioning later in the month.<br />

The market remains stuck in a very narrow range and instead of directional<br />

trades, the preference is to play the curve via the 5/10s flattener instead.<br />

With regard to macro news flow, the FOMC meeting next week looms large.<br />

It will be a two-day meeting, with the Fed to set out its quarterly forecasts<br />

ahead of the Chairman’s semi-annual testimony to Congress in February.<br />

Data have continued to confirm that Q4 is shaping up to be a strong quarter<br />

for final demand growth but the labour market indicators have shown little<br />

benefit to date. Headline inflation has picked up but the core rate, and wage<br />

pressure, remains unusually low.<br />

Fed status quo likely…<br />

…despite musical chairs at<br />

the FOMC<br />

Supply problem for<br />

EGBs…<br />

At December’s meeting, the FOMC opted for a cautious interpretation of the<br />

improvement in the economy and this is likely to continue. Indeed, Bernanke<br />

reiterated that cautious stance at his Congressional testimony following the<br />

release of December’s employment report, saying: “though recent indicators<br />

of spending and production have generally been encouraging, conditions in<br />

the labour market have improved only modestly at best…overall, the pace of<br />

economic recovery seems likely to be moderately stronger in 2011 than it<br />

was in 2010”. Most Fed speakers have publicly supported the completion of<br />

QE2 and we expect little change to the tone of the policy statement to be<br />

released on Wednesday.<br />

There may be some speculation over the implications of the annual rotation<br />

of FOMC voters. All Governors at the Federal Reserve Board are permanent<br />

voting members, as is the President of the New York Fed. However, four of<br />

the twelve regional bank presidents serve rotating one-year terms as voters.<br />

The regional Fed Presidents which are rotating in as voters this year have a<br />

more hawkish bent than those rotating out. This is not expected to make a<br />

material difference to the policy stance but it does open up the possibility of<br />

some dissent. President Plosser is the most probable dissenter as he has<br />

opposed nearly all of the Fed’s unconventional policies.<br />

The evolution of core EGBs over the last few sessions points to the absence<br />

of positive factors for sovereign debt during a period of huge supply. The<br />

market is struggling to absorb the paper at present, with supply apparently<br />

far outstripping demand. There is tentative evidence to suggest that what is<br />

bad news for the peripheral markets will also weigh on the core as the bigger<br />

the fiscal difficulties in the former, the bigger the burden on the latter.<br />

In this context, and with the macro news flow in Germany still going strong,<br />

positives for core markets are in short supply. The strategy call remains a<br />

neutral one, therefore. Curve wise, flattening remains the call. The front end<br />

has, according to our assessment of the economic and fiscal outlook, moved<br />

too far, too fast in discounting more than one rate hike this year. However, it<br />

makes sense for the market to discount a less favourable ECB scenario than<br />

previously given the signals of increased anxiety over inflation risks.<br />

…as we await progress on<br />

EFSF changes<br />

Regarding EGB spreads, peripheral and core markets have also been in a<br />

trading range, albeit with a wide corridor. This situation is likely to persist as<br />

long as there is no agreement forthcoming on the proposed amendments to<br />

the EFSF – this could yet take a while.<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

2<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


The obvious focal point is the Summit on 4 February but on the basis of the<br />

comments from the German finance minister, amongst others, reaching an<br />

agreement by that time looks optimistic. More likely it will have to wait until<br />

March. In part, the delay reflects the differences of opinion at the national<br />

level on the proposals put forward. It also reflects the German government’s<br />

desire to secure something in exchange – a constitutional commitment to<br />

balanced budgets perhaps?<br />

More worryingly, it is also due to the tendency of the politicians to take their<br />

collective foot off the gas when markets calm down. A more effective way to<br />

bolster confidence in a lasting way would be to surprise markets positively<br />

with a swift, credible agreement when the markets are already in a positive<br />

frame of mind. We live in hope.<br />

4.5<br />

Eurozone: Pay Pressures Contained<br />

4.0<br />

Hourly Labour Costs (% y/y)<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

2.5<br />

2.0<br />

1.5<br />

Negotiated Wages (% y/y)<br />

1.0<br />

Compensation per Employee (% y/y)<br />

0.5<br />

97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

ECB inflation worries<br />

overdone…<br />

…given subdued pay<br />

pressures<br />

UK inflation concerns point<br />

to MPC shift<br />

JGBs in the range<br />

The level of anxiety at the ECB over upside risks to inflation has increased<br />

and the risk of an earlier start to the tightening cycle than we have forecast<br />

(from spring 2012) has risen accordingly. The ECB still expects inflation to<br />

remain in line with its definition of price stability over the medium term but it<br />

intends to monitor the risks to this scenario very closely – as will we.<br />

One of the risks to monitor is second-round effects on inflation via higher<br />

wage growth. As in December, the assessment of labour cost developments<br />

in the eurozone in this month’s ECB Monthly Bulletin was benign. To quote:<br />

“Labour cost indicators…continued to show subdued wage pressures…in<br />

line with continuously weak labour market conditions.” Growth rates in hourly<br />

labour costs and negotiated wages are both at their lowest on record. No<br />

panic required.<br />

In the UK, we expect the BoE MPC minutes next week to show increasing<br />

unease about the deterioration in inflation prospects. The MPC will have<br />

been made aware of the latest upward surprise in inflation (up to 3.7% y/y)<br />

which has reinforced our belief that inflation will exceed 4% by February –<br />

double the Bank's target. The market will look for clues as to how soon the<br />

first rate hike will be delivered. The initial focus is likely to be on whether<br />

arch hawk Andrew Sentance was joined by any other MPC members in<br />

voting for an immediate hike and to a lesser extent, whether Adam Posen<br />

has backed down in his bid to secure a second round of QE. Given the<br />

mixed picture on activity and labour market data, we suspect that the latter is<br />

more likely than the former at this stage.<br />

The JGB market continues to lack direction and 10-year yields should stay in<br />

a range of 1.1–1.3% for the time being as investors sit on the sidelines. Next<br />

week's BoJ Monetary Policy Meeting is not expected to result in any new<br />

action from the central bank.<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

3<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Global Inflation: Ready for Takeoff?<br />

• The global output gap is very small and may<br />

have closed. We look like going well beyond<br />

capacity in the next couple of years. The fact<br />

that capacity utilisation is very uneven raises<br />

the global inflation threat.<br />

Chart 1:La Niña, El Nino and Food Prices<br />

• Commodity price shocks are likely to<br />

continue due to the lagged effects of La Niña<br />

and global warming, though next year some of<br />

these effects may ease.<br />

• Monetary policy on a global basis is too<br />

slack, especially in Asia. US policy is amongst<br />

the slackest. While this is appropriate for the<br />

US, exchange rate arrangements may mean this<br />

is imported into inappropriate settings such as<br />

EMs.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro.<br />

Chart 2:Global Output Gap<br />

• Inflationary expectations are very low in<br />

North America. Elsewhere, they are moderate to<br />

high. The objective of the US is to avoid<br />

deflation by raising inflation expectations.<br />

Countries limiting the appreciation of their<br />

currency are importing the Fed’s objective of<br />

raising inflation.<br />

• The risks of global inflation are high.<br />

Capacity is tight, monetary policy is slack and<br />

central banks are acting weak. The discipline of<br />

pegging to the reserve currency is gone from<br />

much of the world because the reserve currency<br />

has an ultra-easy policy and is aiming to raise<br />

inflation. The risk of a surge of inflation and a<br />

dislocation of inflation expectations is high in<br />

many countries.<br />

• The key thing to watch is inflation<br />

expectations. They have declined from their<br />

‘scare’ levels last year but the wild swings over<br />

the last couple of years shows they have<br />

become unstable.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, IMF and <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

The 50bp policy hike from BCB this week is the latest<br />

sign of concern.<br />

How anxious should we be about global inflation and<br />

what are the main drivers?<br />

There are four things we would identify as important<br />

for inflation over coming months:<br />

• Supply shocks;<br />

On 20 th Street and Constitution Avenue, the Fed is<br />

worrying about disinflation, and with good reason<br />

given the core reading of only 0.6% y/y for<br />

December.<br />

In most of the rest of the world, however, inflation is<br />

increasingly bullying its way to the top of the agenda.<br />

Mr Trichet on 13 January showed increasing<br />

concern. The UK inflation rate looks likely to top 4%<br />

soon. We recently saw a surprise rate hike from<br />

South Korea on the back of inflation worries and<br />

concerns are prominent in China, Brazil and India.<br />

• The output gap;<br />

• Monetary policy; and<br />

• Inflation expectations.<br />

Supply shocks<br />

Supply shocks are generally difficult to predict<br />

(though in La Niña years such “shocks” could be<br />

expected more than they are – wet weather on the<br />

western side of the Pacific being a frequent<br />

occurrence in such years). We are suffering from<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

4<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


such shocks at the moment, such as extreme<br />

drought in Russia last year and unusually wet<br />

weather in parts of Australia now, following on from<br />

unusually cold conditions in the northern hemisphere<br />

in December. Crops are being affected and so food<br />

prices are rising faster than underlying demand and<br />

supply conditions would suggest.<br />

The traditional approach to such shocks is to argue<br />

that, while such effects may last for many months, if<br />

next year’s crops are more normal, the food price<br />

shocks may diminish or reverse. Against this, some<br />

believe that global warming is making extreme<br />

conditions more likely (e.g. the melting of sea ice in<br />

the Barents and Kara seas due to global warming<br />

may be responsible, by changing local wind systems,<br />

for the intense cold spell in Western Europe in<br />

December). There is some probability of this being<br />

correct, so our assumption is food inflation due to<br />

shocks may lessen next year. But there are unlikely<br />

to be significant falls in food prices.<br />

The output gap<br />

The output gap is a little like virtue – it’s somewhat<br />

difficult to define and tougher to measure, but you<br />

tend to find out from consequences when it’s not<br />

present.<br />

In order to calculate the global output gap, we have<br />

taken figures for the past and for forecast periods<br />

from the IMF’s WEO. We calculated the output gap<br />

using a Hodrick-Prescott filter. The results are shown<br />

in Chart 2.<br />

The chart shows a number of striking things:<br />

• The disinflationary trend in the 1990s was<br />

probably greatly helped by output being below<br />

trend;<br />

• The last burst of global inflation in 2007/2008<br />

was associated with output above trend;<br />

• The financial crisis resulted in a considerable<br />

loss of output relative to potential – about 5% on<br />

a global basis. However, output was about 2½%<br />

above potential before the crisis and so the<br />

output gap that emerged was quite small;<br />

• On the basis of IMF forecasts, output should be<br />

about potential in 2011; and<br />

• IMF growth forecasts suggest that output will be<br />

significantly above potential in coming years – by<br />

the most since the early 1980s, in fact.<br />

While the relationship between the output gap and<br />

inflation is not particularly tight on a global basis, in<br />

recent years changes in the output gap have seemed<br />

to offer a good explanation of changes in the rate of<br />

Chart 3: Global Output Gap vs GDP Deflator<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

increase in the global GDP deflator (see Chart 3). In<br />

this context, the IMF’s projection of flat inflation from<br />

here but an increase in output relative to potential<br />

seems like dreaming.<br />

Our perspective is that there may be some<br />

shortcomings with the output gap estimates. The<br />

method of filtering may imply a more permanent loss<br />

of capacity than has in fact occurred, for example.<br />

However, the increases we are seeing in inflationary<br />

pressures in a number of traded commodities and in<br />

some emerging markets suggest that, globally,<br />

capacity has closed enough to generate hotspots of<br />

inflation, with a threat of this spreading.<br />

If the IMF’s forecast for global growth is right, a<br />

substantial excess of global demand over supply<br />

looks likely to emerge. This will be spread unevenly –<br />

excess demand being most prevalent in emerging<br />

markets, persisting alongside excess supply in G10<br />

economies. This unevenness will reduce the level of<br />

output at which inflation becomes a problem (prices<br />

are more likely to be rigid downwards than upwards).<br />

The upshot from the output gap analysis is that there<br />

is at least a significant risk that inflation will become a<br />

significant problem on a global basis, even if this is<br />

not yet our main scenario.<br />

Monetary policy<br />

People often think of monetary policy being<br />

summarised by the level of interest rates. <strong>Interest</strong><br />

rates are a very useful instrument of policy, but as we<br />

have seen with QE in the US, by no means the only<br />

one. Monetary policy has many aspects and<br />

transmission channels – the level of real and nominal<br />

rates today, expectations of rates tomorrow, the<br />

exchange rate, credit spreads and equity and other<br />

asset prices. We have always been partial to our<br />

financial and monetary conditions index (FMCI). At<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

5<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


this juncture, we believe that looking at the FMCI<br />

rather than just at interest rates has become more<br />

important.<br />

Our latest Global Outlook contained a detailed report<br />

on FMCIs around the world. The broad summary is<br />

shown in Charts 4 to 8. Financial and monetary<br />

conditions in the US are soft, very soft (Chart 4). Our<br />

FMCI is about one and half standard deviations<br />

below average, compared with a low since 1990 of<br />

two and a half standard deviations. In the eurozone,<br />

conditions are 0.3 standard deviations below average<br />

(Chart 5) with UK conditions, as in the US, one and a<br />

half standard deviations below average. Canada’s<br />

reading is similar. Japanese conditions are slightly<br />

tighter than average, mostly reflecting the yen.<br />

Overall, advanced country monetary and financial<br />

conditions are about a standard deviation softer than<br />

the long-term average (Chart 6).<br />

In emerging markets, our FMCI for China has<br />

remained accommodative, with the latest reading<br />

showing conditions about a standard deviation softer<br />

than average (Chart 7). Korean and Brazilian FMCIs<br />

are softer than average, India’s is about average and<br />

Mexico’s is above average. Overall, our latest<br />

readings are that, in Latin America as a whole,<br />

FMCIs are a bit softer than average. In Asia ex<br />

Japan, they are about a standard deviation below<br />

average (Chart 8).<br />

Overall, the picture is of very soft monetary<br />

conditions in the west, especially the US, Canada<br />

and the UK, less so in mainland Europe and<br />

restrictive in Japan. In emerging markets, conditions<br />

look more or less neutral in Latam but with offsetting<br />

pictures in Brazil (soft) and Mexico (tighter than<br />

average). Asia looks soft. We have to judge these<br />

monetary conditions relative to where they ought to<br />

be, given inflation and the output gap.<br />

US and European conditions look to us to be<br />

appropriate – softer than average due to low inflation<br />

in core terms and still excess capacity. Given some<br />

parts of the eurozone are softer than others,<br />

monetary conditions within the eurozone are<br />

probably too soft for Germany and too tight for<br />

Ireland and Spain, for example. Japanese conditions<br />

look too tight.<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 4: US FMCI<br />

Chart 5: Eurozone FMCI<br />

Chart 6: Advanced Country FMCI<br />

Chart 7: China FMCI<br />

We would argue that monetary conditions in<br />

emerging markets should be tighter than average<br />

given the lack of spare capacity and inflation starting<br />

to swell. In Asia, conditions violate this the most,<br />

including in China, helping to explain recent<br />

tightening moves. Brazil is also in the ‘far too soft’<br />

camp, but Latam as a whole is neutral when it should<br />

be restrictive.<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

6<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


US monetary conditions, because the USD is the<br />

global reserve currency, also affect countries which<br />

peg or dirty float against the USD. Many of these<br />

have output gaps and inflation dynamics that are<br />

hugely different from those in the US. Importing<br />

super-soft US monetary policy is bound to lead to<br />

them having an inflation and asset-price risk. It<br />

appears to us that very few of these countries have<br />

excessively tight monetary policy, which is the usual<br />

excuse for their intervening to hold currencies down<br />

or using ‘macro-prudential’ policies (aka capital<br />

controls) to achieve the same ends. In fact, most of<br />

them have monetary policies that are too soft. We<br />

would argue that this is their choice and that inflation<br />

is a very likely result. They will see their exchange<br />

rates appreciate in real terms against the USD<br />

through excess inflation. Our preference would have<br />

been for nominal exchange rate appreciation, which<br />

would contain inflation, not aggravate it.<br />

Overall then, monetary conditions look too soft for a<br />

world where inflation is developing some hotpots and<br />

where capacity is used up. Asia is most vulnerable,<br />

Latam a bit less so.<br />

Expectations<br />

Economic theory puts a big weight on inflationary<br />

expectations in the story of how inflation is<br />

propagated. Unfortunately, these are difficult to<br />

model and predict and they may shift in a discrete<br />

way. The process by which inflation expectations are<br />

formed is probably one where they depend upon:<br />

• What people experience;<br />

• What central banks do; and<br />

• What central banks say.<br />

This determining relationship may not be stable. For<br />

example, in the UK, people have been experiencing<br />

significantly above-target inflation for a long time.<br />

The longer this continues, the greater the weight is<br />

likely to be on what they experience and the less the<br />

weight will be on what the Bank of England says.<br />

Therefore it may have to raise rates to keep inflation<br />

in check. We do have measures of inflation<br />

expectations for various countries, but for our<br />

purposes here we would like a consistent measure.<br />

The Ifo institute provides a measure of inflation<br />

expectations, with Charts 9 to 14 (attached)<br />

summarising the picture. What we find is that, after<br />

the financial crisis, inflation expectations plunged.<br />

There was a clear danger everywhere of this<br />

undermining activity and leading us into deflation, at<br />

least in some of the most important economies.<br />

Aggressive monetary policy counteracted this and<br />

inflation expectations rose sharply in late 2009-early<br />

2010. These overshot – reaching levels similar to<br />

Chart 8: Latam and Asia Ex-Japan FMCI<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

those at the peak of the cycle in 2007 – and have<br />

since come back, especially in North America and<br />

Western Europe.<br />

The current picture is:<br />

• Inflation expectations in North America are very<br />

low, and declining, though not as low as in late<br />

2008/early 2009 when deflation was being<br />

expected. There is no threat to inflation from<br />

inflation expectations in N America.<br />

• Inflation expectations in Western Europe have<br />

come back from their peak, which was the<br />

highest in two decades. We should not<br />

concentrate on the fall since then as it was<br />

probably an exaggeration. The level of inflation<br />

expectations compared with the average since<br />

EMU began in 1999 is moderate to strong.<br />

Clearly, as the ECB has shown in its recent<br />

press conference, they want watching.<br />

• Inflation expectations in the CEE countries are<br />

worryingly high and on a sharp upward trajectory.<br />

CIS expectations are also high.<br />

• Asian inflation expectations have not come off<br />

their peak very much. They are high, though not<br />

as high as in the early-2008 food price scare<br />

episode. Nonetheless, with monetary conditions<br />

slack, inflation expectations in Asia look<br />

uncomfortable and deserve very close<br />

monitoring, especially as food price surges look<br />

to have an important impact in the inflation story.<br />

• Latam inflation expectations are high, even<br />

though they are lower than the peaks at the end<br />

of the last cycle and the 2010 ‘QE will cause<br />

inflation’ scare.<br />

Central banks are talking about achieving price<br />

stability, but decisive action is not being taken (e.g.<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

7<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Brazil’s 50bp rate hike this week was insufficient to<br />

meet the challenges of an economy well beyond<br />

capacity and rising inflation expectations). With<br />

monetary policy likely to remain soft and with global<br />

commodity prices under upward pressure, what<br />

central banks say and what they do are not<br />

consistent. Further, people’s experience of higher<br />

inflation, especially of food, is likely to push inflation<br />

expectations up.<br />

This will not be welcome in many countries. But in<br />

the US, higher inflation expectations are probably a<br />

policy goal. Clearly, inflation expectations are low<br />

and falling. Clearly, there is massive excess capacity,<br />

especially in the labour market. Clearly, wages are<br />

weak and so are unit labour costs. Therefore there is<br />

a real and present danger of disinflation and even of<br />

deflation. <strong>Interest</strong> rates are at their zero lower bound<br />

and, despite QE, there seems to have been a<br />

‘liquidity trap’ like behaviour of long-term yields – with<br />

the central bank unable to get them low enough to<br />

bring the economy back to full employment.<br />

So how is the Fed to avoid disinflation? The<br />

traditional means is to narrow the output gap<br />

sufficiently to end the threat. But the gap is too wide.<br />

Moreover, since the ability to lower short-term rates<br />

is gone and the ability to lower long-term rates<br />

enough is lacking, the output gap will stay wide. So<br />

the main means of fighting inflation is to raise<br />

expectations of inflation down the road. Firms and<br />

individuals expecting inflation at a future date, when<br />

spare capacity is reduced, will price differently and<br />

act differently today. That is what “considerable<br />

period” was about in 2003 and it’s what QE2 is about<br />

today.<br />

In short, to overcome deflation today, look as though<br />

you will create inflation tomorrow. It’s like telling<br />

central banks facing deflation that the responsible<br />

thing to do is to be irresponsible. There are plenty of<br />

people who think QE2 is irresponsible – the Chinese,<br />

for example. You can criticise the Fed for pursuing a<br />

policy that will create inflation the day after tomorrow.<br />

But if the alternative is deflation today, is that such a<br />

bad policy?<br />

While the threat of disinflation remains real in the US<br />

– which is to say while payroll growth remains<br />

insufficient to significantly lower unemployment and<br />

while wages and pricing power remain subdued –<br />

then it would be wrong for the Fed to do anything<br />

other than to create expectations of future inflation.<br />

Thus we would expect that policy to persist “for an<br />

extended period”.<br />

The Fed’s ability to create inflation in the domestic<br />

economy is limited by the slackness of the labour<br />

market. Because of this and the fact that what people<br />

experience is an important part of expectations<br />

formation, it follows that to create expectations of<br />

inflation, it has to create expectations of inflation in<br />

import prices. In other words, the Fed probably wants<br />

to see global inflation high at present, or a weak<br />

dollar, or both. We can argue that an increase in oil<br />

prices is the “wrong sort of inflation” since it “taxes”<br />

consumers, but if the choice is between the wrong<br />

sort of inflation and deflation, then the Fed would<br />

probably take the former.<br />

The Fed has made explicit that its aim is to raise<br />

inflation, because US inflation is too low. If countries<br />

peg or dirty float against the USD, they are implicitly<br />

adopting a target to raise their own inflation rates.<br />

Since their inflation rates are above the US and in<br />

some cases already too high, the implication is that<br />

we should expect inflation expectations in their<br />

economies to rise.<br />

Summary<br />

• The global output gap is very small and may<br />

have closed. We look like going well beyond<br />

capacity in the next couple of years. The fact that<br />

capacity utilisation is very uneven raises the<br />

global inflation threat;<br />

• Commodity price shocks are likely to continue<br />

due to the lagged effects of La Niña and global<br />

warming, though next year some of these effects<br />

may decline;<br />

• Monetary policy on a global basis is too slack,<br />

especially in Asia. US policy is amongst the<br />

slackest. While this is appropriate for the US,<br />

exchange rate arrangements may mean this is<br />

imported into inappropriate settings such as<br />

EMs;<br />

• Inflationary expectations are very low in North<br />

America. Elsewhere, they are moderate to high.<br />

The objective of the US is to avoid deflation by<br />

raising inflation expectations. Countries limiting<br />

the appreciation of their currency are importing<br />

the Fed’s objective of raising inflation.<br />

• The risks of global inflation are high. Capacity is<br />

tight, monetary policy is slack and central banks<br />

are acting weak. The discipline of pegging to the<br />

reserve currency is gone from much of the world<br />

because the reserve currency has an ultra-easy<br />

policy and is aiming to raise inflation. The risk of<br />

a surge of inflation and a dislocation of inflation<br />

expectations is high in many countries; and<br />

• The key thing to watch is inflation expectations.<br />

They have declined from their ‘scare’ levels last<br />

year but the wild swings over the last couple of<br />

years show they have become unstable.<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

8<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Chart 9: Asia- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Chart 10: North America- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 11: W, Europe- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Chart 12: CIS- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 13: Eastern Europe- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Chart 14: Latam- Ifo Expected Inflation<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

9<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


US: FOMC to Hold the Line<br />

• We do not expect any change in tone at the<br />

January FOMC meeting.<br />

• While the January voter rotation brings in a<br />

hawkish group, there seems to be solidarity in<br />

the near term.<br />

• The more difficult debates will arise as QE2<br />

nears completion and the Fed has still made<br />

little progress on its mandates.<br />

The FOMC will next week set its economic<br />

forecasts for the monetary policy report to<br />

Congress. It is likely to choose a cautious<br />

interpretation of recent economic strength<br />

The Fed meets next week to evaluate the economic<br />

outlook and stance of monetary policy. The meeting<br />

will last two days as the Committee is also setting its<br />

quarterly forecasts ahead of the monetary policy<br />

testimony before Congress in mid-February.<br />

Not much has changed on the economic front since<br />

the mid-December meeting. Data have continued to<br />

confirm that Q4 is shaping up to be a strong quarter<br />

for final demand growth, yet labour market indicators<br />

have shown little benefits from stronger spending<br />

with steady but lacklustre job creation.<br />

Headline inflation has surged while core inflation and<br />

wage growth remain under pressure. The equity<br />

market continued to rally while house prices have<br />

steadily fallen and interest rates remained above<br />

those that prevailed for most of the year prior to the<br />

November FOMC meeting.<br />

At the December policy meeting, the FOMC chose a<br />

cautious interpretation of the Q4 strength and that<br />

seems likely to continue. Indeed, Chairman<br />

Bernanke reiterated that cautious stance at his<br />

Congressional testimony after the December<br />

employment report. He said “Although recent<br />

indicators of spending and production have generally<br />

been encouraging, conditions in the labor market<br />

have improved only modestly at best…overall, the<br />

pace of economic recovery seems likely to be<br />

moderately stronger in 2011 than it was in 2010.”<br />

Most Fed speakers have publicly supported the<br />

completion of QE2 and we expect little change to the<br />

tone of the policy statement released next<br />

Wednesday.<br />

A hawkish rotation of voters may actually bring<br />

increased near-term solidarity<br />

Every January brings a rotation of FOMC voters. All<br />

Governors at the Federal Reserve Board are<br />

permanent voting members, as is the President of<br />

the New York Fed. However, four of the 12 regional<br />

bank presidents serve rotating one-year terms as<br />

voters. Rotating out as voters are Cleveland Fed<br />

President Pianalto, Boston Fed President<br />

Rosengren, St. Louis Fed President Bullard and<br />

Kansas City Fed President Hoenig.<br />

Presidents Pianalto and Rosengren are fairly dovish<br />

and stood solidly behind the Fed’s QE policies.<br />

Dudley V Lockhart Bernanke V Bullard Fisher V Hoenig<br />

(New York) (Atlanta) (Chairman) (St. Louis) (Dallas) (Kansas)<br />

Evans V Yellen V Duke V Warsh V Kocherlakota V Lacker<br />

(Chicago) (Vice Chair) (Governor) (Governor) (Minneapolis) (Richmond)<br />

Raskin V Tarullo V Plosser V<br />

(Governor) (Governor) (Philadelphia)<br />

Rosengren V<br />

(Boston)<br />

Pianalto<br />

(Cleveland)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Dove<br />

Inflation forecast informed mainly by Phillips Curve<br />

View high unemployment as mainly cyclical<br />

and therefore can be helped with policy<br />

Hawk<br />

Inflation forecast informed by monetary policy stance<br />

View high unemployment as mainly structural<br />

and therefore immune to policy<br />

Notes: “V” indicates the FOMC member is a voter in 2011. All FOMC participants without a regional affiliation are members of the Federal Reserve Board, all of whom are voters. There are currently two<br />

vacancies on the Board. Participants’ views can and do change over time.<br />

Julia Coronado 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

10<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


President Bullard was generally supportive of QE2<br />

even as he advocated normalising rates, making him<br />

difficult to categorise at times. Meanwhile, President<br />

Hoenig stood out as the hawkish curmudgeon. He<br />

dissented at virtually all of the FOMC meetings in<br />

2010, first in favour of less commitment to<br />

exceptionally low rates for an extended period and<br />

then against the initiation and continuation of QE2.<br />

Rotating in as voters are Chicago Fed President<br />

Evans, Philadelphia Fed President Plosser, Dallas<br />

Fed President Fisher and Minneapolis Fed President<br />

Kocherlakota. President Evans is a vocal backer of<br />

QE2. President Kocherlakota initially expressed<br />

scepticism about QE2, but more recently said he is<br />

“very comfortable with our current monetary policy<br />

stance”. He has also indicated he remains concerned<br />

about headwinds to growth from household wealth<br />

destruction and restructuring in the banking sector.<br />

The regional Fed Presidents rotating in as voters<br />

have a clearly more hawkish bent than those rotating<br />

out. However, it seems unlikely that the rotation will<br />

lead to a greater number of dissents in the near term.<br />

We may see no dissents at the January meeting. We<br />

think President Plosser is the most likely dissenter as<br />

he has opposed nearly all of the Fed’s<br />

unconventional policies. His core view is that<br />

monetary policy has very little influence on real<br />

economic growth.<br />

Dallas Fed President Fisher was one of the FOMC<br />

members who came out with vocal criticism of QE2<br />

immediately after its announcement. He said it may<br />

be the “wrong medicine” for the economy, that the<br />

Fed risked its stature and independence in initiating<br />

the programme and that the Fed was basically<br />

monetising the debt.<br />

More recently, President Fisher has said he doesn’t<br />

know if he will dissent. He indicated he “would be<br />

wary” about any expansion of the Fed’s balance<br />

sheet beyond QE2 but also that he expects the<br />

programme announced in November “will be carried<br />

through”. President Plosser has also been a critic of<br />

Fed policies, recently saying “the aggressiveness of<br />

our accommodative policy may soon backfire on us if<br />

we don’t begin to gradually reverse course”.<br />

That said, he has not made clear he wants to end the<br />

programme now. He has said he wants to see how<br />

both the economy and the policy evolve. Similarly,<br />

President Fisher has indicated that he expects QE2<br />

to be completed but would not favour any expansion.<br />

In the near term, the FOMC may express more<br />

solidarity behind the already-announced USD 600bn<br />

programme of Treasury purchases than we have<br />

seen in a while.<br />

The economic<br />

paragraph is still<br />

appropriate;<br />

while Q4 GDP is<br />

likely to be<br />

robust, ongoing<br />

weakness in the<br />

labor market<br />

suggests<br />

moderation is<br />

likely. The<br />

FOMC named<br />

housing, state<br />

and local<br />

government<br />

finances and the<br />

European fiscal<br />

crisis as<br />

ongoing sources<br />

of downside risk<br />

in the December<br />

minutes.<br />

The FOMC is<br />

likely to stay the<br />

course on QE2<br />

. with little to no<br />

changes in this<br />

paragraph.<br />

FOMC Statement December 14, 2010<br />

Information received since the Federal Open <strong>Market</strong> Committee met in November confirms<br />

that the economic recovery is continuing, though at a rate that has been insufficient to bring<br />

down unemployment. Household spending is increasing at a moderate pace, but remains<br />

constrained by high unemployment, modest income growth, lower housing wealth, and tight<br />

credit. Business spending on equipment and software is rising, though less rapidly than earlier<br />

in the year, while investment in nonresidential structures continues to be weak. Employers<br />

remain reluctant to add to payrolls. The housing sector continues to be depressed. Longerterm<br />

inflation expectations have remained stable, but measures of underlying inflation have<br />

continued to trend downward.<br />

Consistent with its statutory mandate, the Committee seeks to foster maximum employment<br />

and price stability. Currently, the unemployment rate is elevated, and measures of underlying<br />

inflation are somewhat low, relative to levels that the Committee judges to be consistent, over<br />

the longer run, with its dual mandate. Although the Committee anticipates a gradual return to<br />

higher levels of resource utilization in a context of price stability, progress toward its objectives<br />

has been disappointingly slow.<br />

To promote a stronger pace of economic recovery and to help ensure that inflation, over time,<br />

is at levels consistent with its mandate, the Committee decided today to continue expanding<br />

its holdings of securities as announced in November. The Committee will maintain its existing<br />

policy of reinvesting principal payments from its securities holdings. In addition, the Committee<br />

intends to purchase $600 billion of longer-term Treasury securities by the end of the second<br />

quarter of 2011, a pace of about $75 billion per month. The Committee will regularly review the<br />

pace of its securities purchases and the overall size of the asset-purchase program in light of<br />

incoming information and will adjust the program as needed to best foster maximum<br />

employment and price stability.<br />

The Committee will maintain the target range for the federal funds rate at 0 to 1/4 percent and<br />

continues to anticipate that economic conditions, including low rates of resource utilization,<br />

subdued inflation trends, and stable inflation expectations, are likely to warrant exceptionally<br />

low levels for the federal funds rate for an extended period.<br />

The Committee will continue to monitor the economic outlook and financial developments and<br />

will employ its policy tools as necessary to support the economic recovery and to help ensure<br />

that inflation, over time, is at levels consistent with its mandate.<br />

The Committee<br />

has seen no real<br />

progress on its<br />

mandates.<br />

Unemployment<br />

dropped, but<br />

mainly on<br />

declining labor<br />

force participation<br />

rather than strong<br />

job creation, and<br />

weakness in core<br />

inflation has<br />

rotated from<br />

housing to<br />

services.<br />

No changes<br />

needed.<br />

Julia Coronado 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

11<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


The more difficult decisions will come as QE2<br />

nears completion and the Fed has not made<br />

much progress on its mandates<br />

The real debates will occur as we move toward<br />

completion of the programme. No member of the<br />

FOMC has indicated that he or she expects<br />

significant progress on the Fed’s dual mandates for<br />

maximum employment and stable prices, but the<br />

tone of the economy will set the tone of the policy<br />

debate.<br />

Should the economy continue to perform reasonably<br />

well, even if final demand growth moderates from<br />

what should be a very strong Q4, there will be strong<br />

opposition from the hawkish members to any further<br />

expansion in the balance sheet.<br />

At this point, it seems that further expansion of<br />

securities purchases would require significant<br />

deterioration in the economy. Such a scenario would<br />

also raise questions about the efficacy of Fed policy<br />

to date, however. There is thus certain to be<br />

opposition to QE3 in any case.<br />

The most likely path of policy would be completion of<br />

QE2, maintenance of the balance sheet for some<br />

time as progress toward the mandates will be slow in<br />

coming, then allowing maturing securities to<br />

gradually reduce the size of the Fed’s portfolio. Once<br />

i) the unemployment rates has fallen to 8.5% on job<br />

growth, rather than decline in labour force<br />

participation; and ii) wages have begun to stabilise,<br />

suggesting gradual improvement in purchasing<br />

power that will stabilize core inflation, the Fed will be<br />

ready to normalise rates to 1.0%.<br />

The Fed has tools in place, including the Term<br />

Deposit Facility and reverse repos, that it believes<br />

will help sterilise the trillions of dollars in excess<br />

reserves and give it greater control over short-term<br />

rates. Thus the FOMC believes it will be able to raise<br />

rates even as it maintains an elevated balance sheet.<br />

This is a shift from the last time we thought about the<br />

sequencing of Fed tightening. At the beginning of last<br />

year, we were thinking that the Fed would have to<br />

bring down excess reserves to a considerable<br />

degree before tightening could get underway, which<br />

could include asset sales.<br />

However, Chairman Bernanke stressed in a speech<br />

in late October 2010 that, with the liquidity absorption<br />

tools the Fed has developed: “I am confident that the<br />

FOMC will be able to tighten monetary conditions<br />

when warranted, even if the balance sheet remains<br />

considerably larger than normal at that time.”<br />

We continue to think that tightening is a good way off<br />

given the pervasive weakness in the US economy<br />

that remains even after a solid quarter of growth.<br />

While many global investors and policymakers<br />

believe the Fed should consider the global<br />

ramifications of its policies, the FOMC is likely to<br />

continue to focus on its domestic mandates. We are<br />

in a period of increasing dichotomies; global markets<br />

and policymakers have calibrated their policies<br />

based on Fed actions in prior cycles. However, the<br />

US is lagging global performance in the current<br />

recovery. This is leading to rising tensions as the Fed<br />

stays easy and emerging-market central banks are<br />

reluctant to tighten even as their economies verge on<br />

overheating.<br />

Julia Coronado 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

12<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Canada: Betting on Investment and Exports<br />

• The Bank of Canada has an optimistic<br />

outlook for its economy, based on a CAD at<br />

parity with the USD and high commodity prices.<br />

• We see the BoC’s outlook for the US as too<br />

bullish and the CAD appreciating further.<br />

• Risks for a hike later than our projected<br />

policy tightening in June lie with the CAD.<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

-20<br />

Chart 1: Imports vs Exports (3m % y/y)<br />

Imports<br />

Optimistic<br />

The Bank of Canada left the policy rate at 1.00% at<br />

its meeting on Tuesday. While the BoC’s statement<br />

was slightly more hawkish than expected based on<br />

an improved global growth outlook, we think risks are<br />

building that our projected rate hike in late Q2 gets<br />

pushed back. The BoC focused on stronger-thanexpected<br />

private demand growth in the US and<br />

Europe. However, it also noted that continuing<br />

strength in the CAD poses downside risks to the<br />

generally stronger outlook.<br />

The Monetary Policy Report indicated the BoC<br />

expects the CAD to weaken, averaging parity with<br />

the USD in 2011 and 2012. In contrast, we expect<br />

continued appreciation in the CAD in coming months,<br />

suggesting downside risks to the BoC’s export<br />

outlook. In addition, our own view of the US outlook<br />

is a more subdued than the BoC’s, also suggesting<br />

the possibility of delay should the US hit a softer<br />

patch.<br />

The BoC statement and Monetary Policy Report<br />

highlighted that stretched household balance sheets<br />

are expected to restrain the pace of consumption<br />

growth and residential investment, while business<br />

investment should continue growing solidly. Net<br />

exports are also expected to contribute positively to<br />

growth going forward.<br />

Exports and investments are key<br />

In Q3 2010, we saw a 5.0% q/q a.r. decline in<br />

exports, while investment posted weak, 0.9% growth.<br />

The BoC expects a recovery in both going forward,<br />

based on a stronger external outlook. In addition,<br />

recall that corporate tax rates were reduced from<br />

18.0% to 16.5% for 2011. Since the third quarter, the<br />

CAD has appreciated 4.5%, and export data in<br />

November show a decline in the 3m y/y trend for<br />

exports. However, there has also been a decline in<br />

the 3m y/y import data (see Chart 1). The monthly<br />

trade balance improved in November, while the 12m<br />

-30<br />

-40<br />

Exports<br />

Jan 00 Jan 03 Jan 06 Jan 09<br />

Source: Haver Analytics<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

-20<br />

Chart 2: Trade Balance (CAD bn)<br />

12m accum Trade Balance<br />

Jan 00 Jan 03 Jan 06 Jan 09<br />

Source: Haver Analytics<br />

Monthly Trade Balance<br />

Chart 3: Consumer vs Industrial Prices (% y/y)<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

-2<br />

-4<br />

-6<br />

-8<br />

Jan 00 Jan 02 Jan 04 Jan 06 Jan 08 Jan 10<br />

Source: Haver Analytics<br />

CPI<br />

Industrial Price Index<br />

accumulated trade balance continued to deteriorate<br />

(see Chart 2). Exports are smaller than imports in<br />

value so a net positive contribution to GDP growth<br />

would require a more significant improvement in<br />

exports. A rising CAD puts that scenario at risk, with<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

-2<br />

-4<br />

Bricklin Dwyer 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

13<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


ate hikes probably bringing further currency<br />

appreciation.<br />

Overall, the BoC revised up its GDP forecast to 2.4%<br />

for 2011 and 2.8% for 2012. This outlook is<br />

dependent on the export recovery. We forecast 2.0%<br />

GDP growth in 2011 and 3.1% in 2012.<br />

Meanwhile, overall inflation has remained subdued<br />

despite the relatively robust recovery, and inflation<br />

expectations well anchored. Canada has remained<br />

largely immune to the global commodity price<br />

pressures, with low pipeline pressures in industrial<br />

prices and shelter prices declining.<br />

Assumptions<br />

The Monetary Policy Report released on Wednesday<br />

made the following key assumptions for the<br />

economic outlook: i/ USDCAD at parity; ii/ energy<br />

prices in line with recent futures prices; iii/ relatively<br />

steady prices for non-energy commodities; and, iv/<br />

supportive global credit conditions.<br />

In addition, the BoC assumes growth in the US of<br />

3.3% (up from 2.3%) in 2011 and 3.2% (down from<br />

3.3%) in 2012. Note: we expect the US to grow 2.6%<br />

in 2011 and 3.1% in 2012.<br />

A delay to hiking is in the cards…<br />

The BoC statement suggests further hikes are not<br />

imminent, but are not too far off either. We expect the<br />

tightening cycle to begin in late Q2 or possibly later,<br />

with the policy rate reaching 2.00% by the end of the<br />

year and 3.00% by end-2012. However, the pace of<br />

appreciation of the CAD and the strength and<br />

contour of US growth will determine the schedule for<br />

normalising rates.<br />

Bricklin Dwyer 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

14<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Eurozone Inflation: Forecast Revision<br />

• The past few months have seen an<br />

acceleration in the upward dynamics of oil and<br />

other commodity prices.<br />

Chart 1: Brent 1-Mth Futures & <strong>BNP</strong>P Forecast<br />

• In the eurozone, these trends have been<br />

compounded by the vibrancy of the German<br />

recovery.<br />

• We revise up our profile for inflation in the<br />

eurozone in response to these developments.<br />

• We expect headline inflation to average 2.2%<br />

in 2011 (from 1.8%) and 1.6% in 2012 (from 1.3%)<br />

• Core inflation, however, is still expected to<br />

remain subdued, averaging 0.9% (from 0.7%)<br />

and 1.1% (from 0.5%), respectively.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 2: GSCI Agriculture Spot Return Index<br />

Commodity shock<br />

The past few months have seen an acceleration in<br />

the upward dynamics of oil and other commodity<br />

prices, in particular soft commodities. A number of<br />

idiosyncratic factors have contributed to these trends<br />

including adverse weather conditions, supply<br />

disruptions and protectionist threats. But the shock<br />

was primarily due to fundamental factors including<br />

slack monetary policy and a closing output gap at the<br />

global level 1 . The risks to global inflation are high.<br />

In the eurozone, these trends have been<br />

compounded by the greater-than-expected vibrancy<br />

in the economic recovery in Germany and higher<br />

taxes in a number of countries which are undergoing<br />

a significant fiscal adjustment.<br />

Revising our food, energy profiles…<br />

Oil and food prices have rallied well beyond our<br />

forecast. At the time of the last global in December,<br />

<strong>BNP</strong>P Commodity Derivatives forecast that Brent oil<br />

would reach around USD86/Bbl at the end of 2010,<br />

before correcting to an average of around USD80/Bbl<br />

in Q1. While a correction in Q1 is still the central<br />

scenario, Brent oil prices have also risen<br />

exceptionally strongly relative to WTI. As a result, our<br />

Q1 forecast has been raised by around USD5/Bbl 2 .<br />

For the eurozone, this USD5/Bbl revision adds<br />

around 0.1pp to average inflation in 2011.<br />

1 For more on this see “Global Inflation: Ready To<br />

Takeoff?” in this edition of the <strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

2 For more information, see “Oil Update: Brent Premium<br />

The New Norm” in this edition of <strong>Market</strong> Mover.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 3: GSCI & CPI Food<br />

The rally in soft commodity prices has also gone<br />

further than we expected. Prices have already risen<br />

above the peaks of 2008 (Chart 2) – evident in the<br />

GSCI agricultural spot index, for example. In<br />

December, we had expected a correction back to the<br />

Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

15<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


upward trend evident since 2005 in the first part of<br />

this year. But following the latest leg of the rally,<br />

whether you assume the price moves higher from<br />

here, moves flat at current levels, or declines back to<br />

that trend, the levels reached in recent weeks imply<br />

our forecast for a peak in food HICP inflation of<br />

around 3.5% later this year now looks conservative.<br />

Accordingly, we have raised our forecast, with a peak<br />

rate of food inflation a pp higher in the second half of<br />

this year.<br />

…with indirect implications for core…<br />

The latest rally in soft commodity and oil prices has<br />

implications for ex-food, ex-energy inflation too.<br />

First, it will have a lagged knock-on impact on a<br />

number of core categories particularly affected by<br />

commodity prices – so called ‘indirect effects”. For<br />

example, the restaurant component of core HICP<br />

typically reacts to a food price shock with a six month<br />

lag (Chart 4). Similarly, there is indirect pass-through<br />

from energy prices to transport prices as the cost of<br />

travel rises. This occurs with a fairly long lag –<br />

around 9 months traditionally – so has implications<br />

for core inflation more in the latter part of 2011, into<br />

2012.<br />

…but second round effects likely to be limited<br />

Second, a commodity price shock can have ‘second<br />

round effects’ on inflation. If a spike in commodity<br />

prices feeds through to inflation expectations,<br />

resulting in higher wages for labour, then a jump in<br />

commodity prices can have a far broader impact on<br />

prices in the economy.<br />

We are sceptical, however, that in the current<br />

environment of high unemployment and tighter fiscal<br />

policy, workers across the euro area as a whole have<br />

sufficient bargaining power to convert higher inflation<br />

expectations into significantly strong wage growth.<br />

Labour market developments typically pass-through<br />

to wages with a long lag in the euro area (Chart 5).<br />

The peak fallout on the labour market from the<br />

recession is still weighing heavily on labour costs.<br />

The subsequent slowdown in the pace of<br />

unemployment growth is pointing to stronger wage<br />

inflation on the horizon, but to relatively tame levels.<br />

The prospect of fiscal tightening across many<br />

countries in the euro area should also limit the extent<br />

to which the commodity price spike can be<br />

transmitted to the broader economy via wages.<br />

Germany’s economic renaissance<br />

The other major development since our last inflation<br />

update has been the vibrancy of the German<br />

economic recovery.<br />

While Germany suffered an output collapse as large<br />

or larger than the other principal eurozone<br />

Chart 4: HICP Food & Hotels/Restaurants<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 5: Eurozone Labour Costs & U/R<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 6: German Output Gap & Core HICP<br />

Inflation<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

economies during the recession, it has<br />

disproportionately benefited from the rebound in<br />

world industrial activity. The strength of the industrial<br />

sector has spilled over into the labour market. The<br />

unemployment rate is now lower than at any time<br />

since the early 1990s, even as the unemployment<br />

rate across the eurozone as a whole reaches a new<br />

12-year high. It has also spilled over into domestic<br />

demand – first into investment and, we expect,<br />

increasingly into consumption. To reflect our<br />

Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

16<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


optimism on Germany, in last week’s <strong>Market</strong> Mover 3<br />

we revised up our growth forecast to 3.5%, the same<br />

rate of growth as in 2010.<br />

Chart 7: Core HICP – EZ & Germany<br />

With a smaller level of slack in the economy, closing<br />

at a fast rate, and being driven to a greater extent by<br />

domestic demand, this has implications for our<br />

German inflation forecast.<br />

Ironically, Germany has been one of the biggest<br />

contributors to disinflation in the euro area over the<br />

past two years. After a decade gaining<br />

competitiveness relative to other member states,<br />

core CPI was one of the fastest to fall in response to<br />

the recession, hitting 0.2% y/y in April 2010, a full<br />

0.6pp under the euro area’s record low.<br />

However, its status as a disinflationary force in the<br />

euro area is unlikely to last long. From nearly a half a<br />

percentage point under the euro area average in<br />

2010, we expect headline inflation in Germany to rise<br />

above it by early 2012, with the risk it comes earlier.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 8: EZ Core HICP & Economic Slack<br />

The numbers<br />

In response to the above mentioned factors, we have<br />

revised upwards our profile for inflation in the<br />

eurozone. We now expect headline inflation to<br />

average 2.2% in 2011 (from 1.8% previously) and<br />

1.6% in 2012 (from 1.3%).<br />

Core inflation, meanwhile, is expected to average<br />

0.9% and 1.1% (from 0.7% and 0.5%) in 2011 and<br />

2012 respectively. While we expect indirect passthrough<br />

from the soft commodity shock, and have<br />

adjusted our forecast to allow for stronger inflation in<br />

Germany – we see core inflationary pressures<br />

remaining contained.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 9: Core HICP – Periphery vs. Core<br />

First, we are sceptical that we will see significant<br />

second round effects across the eurozone as a<br />

whole in the current environment of high<br />

unemployment and fiscal austerity. More generally,<br />

slack in the euro area economy should continue to<br />

limit core inflationary pressure.<br />

Second, we continue to expect disinflationary<br />

pressure will resume from Ireland, Spain, Portugal<br />

and Greece – economies where disinflation is part of<br />

a structural adjustment to regain competitiveness.<br />

This process was interrupted in 2010 as most of<br />

these countries raised indirect taxes. But in 2011 we<br />

expect that trend to resume – indeed there is already<br />

evidence of that starting to happen in Greece.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

3 “Germany: Stronger for Longer”, <strong>Market</strong> Mover, 13<br />

January 2011<br />

Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

17<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


ECB: Bark or Bite?<br />

• The ECB has signalled increased anxiety<br />

over the upside risks to inflation.<br />

• How labour costs and inflation expectations<br />

evolve will be key to whether this translates into<br />

‘early’ increases in the refinancing rate.<br />

• The assessment of labour cost trends in the<br />

January Monthly Bulletin was similar to that in<br />

December, i.e. relatively benign.<br />

• Broad money and bank lending data do not<br />

signal a pressing need for rate hikes either.<br />

• The key risks to our call of the ECB on hold<br />

through 2011 are persistently high commodity<br />

prices and a ‘normalisation’ approach to policy.<br />

The ECB press conference on 13 January revealed<br />

increased anxiety over upside risks to inflation.<br />

Below we discuss the probability that this increased<br />

concern over inflation prospects will translate into an<br />

‘early’ policy tightening.<br />

Shifting risks<br />

Relevant extracts from the Introductory Statement to<br />

the January press conference are in Box 1. The key<br />

point was that inflation had turned out higher than the<br />

ECB had expected, largely due to energy prices.<br />

While this had not yet led to a change in the mediumterm<br />

assessment of inflation developments, the ECB<br />

would need to monitor developments very closely to<br />

ensure that this conclusion remains valid.<br />

The market has now fully priced in the start of the<br />

tightening cycle in the second half of this year.<br />

Whether the ECB will deliver in this timeframe will<br />

depend primarily on two issues. First, whether what<br />

is currently a short-term inflation problem driven by<br />

energy prices turns into a more persistent problem<br />

via second-round effects on core inflation. Second,<br />

whether inflation expectations are at risk of becoming<br />

unanchored. Below we look at each issue in turn.<br />

Ups and downs<br />

Chart 1 shows our forecast for inflation based on our<br />

‘in house’ oil price forecast: this assumes a fall in the<br />

price of Brent to a USD88/Bbl average in Q1. On this<br />

assumption, and given energy price base effects,<br />

headline inflation is expected to fall from 2.4% y/y in<br />

February to 1.9% in April. Core inflation is also set to<br />

remain low.<br />

Box 1: Extracts from ECB Introductory Statement<br />

“We see evidence of short-term upward pressure on<br />

overall inflation, mainly owing to energy prices, but this<br />

has not so far affected our assessment that price<br />

developments will remain in line with price stability over<br />

the policy-relevant horizon. At the same time, very close<br />

monitoring is warranted.<br />

Inflation expectations remain firmly anchored in line with<br />

our aim of keeping inflation rates below, but close to, 2%<br />

over the medium term. The firm anchoring of inflation<br />

expectations is of the essence.<br />

HICP inflation was 2.2% in December. This is somewhat<br />

higher than expected and largely reflects higher energy<br />

prices. Looking ahead to the next few months, inflation<br />

rates could temporarily increase further. They are likely to<br />

stay slightly above 2%, largely owing to commodity price<br />

developments, before moderating again towards the end<br />

of the year.<br />

Risks to the medium-term outlook for price developments<br />

are still broadly balanced but could move to the upside.<br />

Upside risks relate, in particular, to developments in<br />

energy and non-energy commodity prices.”<br />

13 January 2011<br />

Source: ECB<br />

The ECB is also expecting that inflation will moderate<br />

from the spring, as is clear from the press conference<br />

– again, see Box 1.<br />

The shorter is the deviation of headline inflation from<br />

the ‘below but close to 2%’ objective, the lower is the<br />

risk of second-round effects and an upward shift in<br />

inflation expectations. So, if the ECB’s expectation of<br />

lower inflation is borne out, anxiety over upside risks<br />

to inflation should recede and with it, the probability<br />

of early hikes in the refinancing rate.<br />

On the basis of our assumption of a pick up in oil<br />

prices subsequently, we look for inflation to rise back<br />

above 2% in the second half of the year, before it<br />

falls back again in 2012 as base effects related to<br />

recent energy and food price gains kick in.<br />

What pay pressures?<br />

Chart 2 shows the three key measures of pay trends<br />

in the eurozone. Across the board, they show low y/y<br />

rates of change – remarkably low, in fact. The rate of<br />

increase in negotiated wages fell below 2% y/y in<br />

early 2010 for the first time in the series’ history and<br />

the current growth rate, of 1.4% y/y as of Q3, is the<br />

lowest since the early 1990s.<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

18<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


On the basis of the relationship between pay trends<br />

and the evolution of slack in the labour market, the<br />

bulk of the downward pressure on labour cost growth<br />

in the eurozone as a whole is probably behind us<br />

(Chart 3). But the lags are long and the persistently<br />

high level of the unemployment rate does not point to<br />

a pick-up in wage growth any time soon.<br />

Chart 1: HICP Forecasts(% y/y)<br />

On the basis of the assessment in the latest Monthly<br />

Bulletin, this is a view which the ECB seems to share<br />

– see the extracts in Box 2.<br />

The view on labour cost developments expressed in<br />

December's ECB Monthly Bulletin was benign. It was<br />

liberally sprinkled with terms like 'modest', 'moderate'<br />

and 'contained'. We wondered whether this would<br />

change in January's Bulletin, in line with the greater<br />

concern over inflation risks expressed at the press<br />

conference a week before. But there was no sense of<br />

an increased threat of second round risks.<br />

Managing expectations<br />

Regarding inflation expectations, the ECB’s current<br />

view is that they remain well anchored. On the basis<br />

of the information available to the ECB, this is hard to<br />

argue against. Implied breakeven inflation rates have<br />

been hovering in the region of 2% recently, with no<br />

sign of any upward drift.<br />

The ECB’s quarterly Survey of Professional<br />

Forecasters (SPF) has also demonstrated very<br />

stable long-term inflation expectations (though there<br />

is some circularity in this as inflation expectations are<br />

anchored because the ECB is expected to act in<br />

such a way as to deliver inflation in line with its below<br />

but close to 2% price stability definition in the long<br />

run). The ECB’s next SPF will be released on 10<br />

February.<br />

There has been some upward drift in households’<br />

inflation expectations. The surveys compiled by the<br />

European Commission, both forward and backward<br />

looking, have been trending higher since the autumn<br />

of 2009. But the current readings are not elevated in<br />

comparison with the past: for example, the survey of<br />

price perceptions over the year ahead is more than<br />

twenty percentage points below its average cycle<br />

peak since the mid-1980s. The ECB considers this<br />

particular measure of inflation expectations to be the<br />

least credible as it has a short time horizon, of just a<br />

year, and is therefore very sensitive to short-term<br />

price developments.<br />

No rush…<br />

Our assessment of second-round risks and inflation<br />

expectations underpins our forecast that the ECB,<br />

while more sensitive to upside risks to inflation and<br />

likely to stay that way going forward, will not raise its<br />

refinancing rate this year.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

4.5<br />

4.0<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

2.5<br />

2.0<br />

1.5<br />

1.0<br />

0.5<br />

Chart 2: Compensation Trends<br />

Negotiated Wages (% y/y)<br />

Compensation per Employee (% y/y)<br />

Hourly Labour Costs (% y/y)<br />

97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

-1.5<br />

-1.0<br />

-0.5<br />

0.0<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

1.5<br />

Chart 3: Unemployment & Labour Costs<br />

0.5<br />

2.0<br />

Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong><br />

(1-Yr Change, 18-Mth Lag) 0.0<br />

2.5<br />

-0.5<br />

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Hourly Labour<br />

Costs (% y/y, RHS)<br />

The current circumstances are very different from<br />

those in summer 2008, when the ECB felt compelled<br />

to hike rates in what was a difficult economic and<br />

financial environment. Then, headline inflation<br />

peaked at over 4%, almost twice the current level,<br />

and had been well over 2% for almost a year before<br />

the rate hike was delivered (in July). The deviation<br />

from target was much bigger and much more<br />

persistent, so inflation expectations were much more<br />

at risk of becoming unanchored then than now.<br />

4.5<br />

4.0<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

2.5<br />

2.0<br />

1.5<br />

1.0<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

19<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


The modest deviation of inflation currently relative to<br />

the ECB’s definition of price stability was a point<br />

emphasised in an interview with Governing Council<br />

member Orphanides on 14 January, the day after the<br />

‘hawkish’ press conference. He also hinted, as others<br />

have, that the market may have over-reacted to the<br />

comments in the press conference.<br />

…but there are risks<br />

There are three potential challenges to our view of no<br />

rate hike this year. First, that commodity prices<br />

remain higher for longer, outweighing the favourable<br />

base effects pushing down on headline inflation from<br />

the spring. If, as a result, inflation were to stay higher<br />

for longer, this would increase the risk of upward<br />

pressure on wages and inflation expectations. The<br />

‘emergency’ level of rates would be increasingly<br />

inappropriate in this context.<br />

In those circumstances, economic growth prospects<br />

would suffer. Commodity price rises would crimp real<br />

income growth for households and ECB rate hikes<br />

would hit confidence. This would probably limit how<br />

far the ECB tightening cycle would go.<br />

Box 2: Extracts from ECB Monthly Bulletin<br />

“Labour cost indicators for Q3 2010 continued to show<br />

subdued wage pressures. Preliminary information on<br />

negotiated wages for the first month of Q4 suggests that<br />

the pattern of moderate wage growth continued… in line<br />

with continuously weak labour market conditions.<br />

The annual rate of growth in euro area negotiated wages<br />

slowed to 1.4% in Q3 2010, a record low since the start<br />

of the series in 1991. Annual hourly labour cost growth in<br />

the euro area also slowed in Q3, to 0.8% from 1.6% in<br />

Q2. This too is the lowest growth rate observed since<br />

the start of this series in 2001.<br />

The annual growth rate of compensation per employee<br />

slowed to 1.5% in Q3 from 1.9% in Q2. This decline was,<br />

with a few exceptions, broad-based across countries.<br />

Sectoral developments show that the deceleration in the<br />

annual rate of change in the labour cost index in Q3<br />

2010 was broad-based across sectors.”<br />

Monthly Bulletin, January 2011<br />

Source: ECB<br />

Chart 4: Real Policy <strong>Rate</strong>s<br />

The second risk to our forecast of unchanged rates<br />

this year is that pay pressures emerge in the core<br />

countries of the eurozone, most likely in Germany,<br />

prompting an ECB response. A recurring theme of<br />

our analysis for some while now has been to expect<br />

a pick up in wage growth in Germany. This reflects<br />

the obvious factors including: the low unemployment<br />

rate; skill shortages in some fast-growing sectors;<br />

and looser policy than for German needs.<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

2.5<br />

2.0<br />

1.5<br />

1.0<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

-0.5<br />

Refi <strong>Rate</strong><br />

As conditions in peripheral countries will be radically<br />

different, assessing how the Governing Council will<br />

respond to ‘local’ pay pressures is difficult to judge. If<br />

it is a problem for Germany only, it may be difficult to<br />

secure a consensus on the Governing Council in<br />

favour of hiking rates. But at the very least, we can<br />

expect the vocal hawks on the Governing Council to<br />

make a lot of noise about the upside risks to inflation<br />

and the need for a policy response.<br />

Normalisation mode<br />

An alternative scenario of earlier rate increases than<br />

we currently expect is via the ‘normalisation’ route. In<br />

short, the rationale would be that the level of policy<br />

rates has been set at an emergency level but the<br />

emergency is over – for the eurozone as a whole if<br />

not for specific member states. In this context, there<br />

is a case for taking rates higher whether secondround<br />

effects start to appear or not.<br />

The level of policy rates in real terms is unusually low<br />

(Chart 4). Measured on the basis of the headline<br />

inflation rate or inflation expectations, real short-term<br />

rates are well below zero. Measured on the basis of<br />

-1.0<br />

-1.5<br />

Relative to HICP (% y/y)<br />

EONIA<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

-1<br />

-2<br />

-3<br />

-4<br />

-5<br />

-6<br />

Chart 5: Nominal Growth & Policy<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Real GDP (% y/y) + HICP (% y/y)<br />

ECB Refi <strong>Rate</strong> (%)<br />

<strong>BNP</strong>P Forecast<br />

core HICP inflation, real policy rates are negative still<br />

but less dramatically so.<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

20<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


The nominal policy rate and nominal growth are also<br />

out of whack (Chart 5). This was the case through<br />

most of the economic expansion from 2003 to 2008<br />

which the ECB, retrospectively, probably sees as an<br />

error. The slow pace of the rate rises from December<br />

2005 was a contributory factor to the decision to hike<br />

in July 2008 as inflation was surging and breakeven<br />

inflation rates were well north of 2%.<br />

The exceptionally low level of policy rates will be one<br />

of the main arguments put forward by the more<br />

hawkish members of the Governing Council in favour<br />

of a tightening sooner rather than later. We are<br />

already hearing from some members that the risks<br />

associated with tightening too late are greater than<br />

the risks of tightening too soon. We see this as the<br />

view of a very vocal minority. We doubt that there<br />

would be sufficient support on the Governing Council<br />

to justify a rise in interest rates on these grounds<br />

while domestically-driven inflation pressures remain<br />

contained, given the potential adverse effect on the<br />

most distressed member states’ economies and<br />

financial sectors.<br />

It is one thing for the Governing Council to reach<br />

agreement to deliver a warning shot over inflation<br />

and threaten to hike rates to make sure inflation and<br />

inflation expectations stay in check. It is another thing<br />

altogether, in the current uncertain economic and<br />

financial circumstances, to agree to hike rates.<br />

In credit<br />

Trends in money and credit growth will also be an<br />

important influence on how ECB policy evolves. The<br />

assessment in the most recent press conference and<br />

Monthly Bulletin do not point to any pressing need for<br />

a tightening of policy. Broad money and bank lending<br />

growth rates have begun to normalise but they are<br />

far from normal.<br />

As Chart 6 highlights, bank lending growth was a<br />

reasonably good guide to ECB policy developments<br />

in the first decade of EMU, albeit with a considerable<br />

lag between lending growth and policy changes. On<br />

the basis of how we expect lending growth to evolve<br />

from here (which is a relatively optimistic forecast),<br />

the lags suggest that the refinancing rates ought not<br />

to start rising until spring 2012.<br />

The relationship broke down in 2009, with the ECB<br />

slashing rates much earlier than would be implied by<br />

bank lending growth. It could be argued that this is a<br />

reason why the ECB might want to start increasing<br />

rates earlier than in the past – linked again to the<br />

‘normalisation’ concept.<br />

Chart 6: ECB Policy & Bank Lending<br />

13<br />

<strong>BNP</strong>P Fcast<br />

5.0 Bank Lending (% y/y, 18Mth Lag RHS)<br />

12<br />

11<br />

10<br />

4.0<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

3.0<br />

6<br />

5<br />

2.0<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1.0<br />

ECB Refi <strong>Rate</strong> (%)<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0.0<br />

-1<br />

97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Table 1: Key Forecasts<br />

2011 2012<br />

(%) 2010 2011 20122013 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2<br />

GDP y/y 1.7 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.1 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4<br />

HICP y/y 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.6 2.3 1.9 2.2 2.3 1.9 1.7<br />

Core HICP y/y 1.0 0.9 1.1 1.6 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0<br />

ECB Refi <strong>Rate</strong> 1.00 1.00 1.75 2.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Note also that our current forecasts for the y/y growth<br />

rate in bank lending imply that the refinancing rate<br />

should rise to around 3-3½% in our forecast horizon<br />

out to 2013, below the 4% peak in the 2005/8 cycle.<br />

Bottom line<br />

The level of anxiety at the ECB over the upside risks<br />

to inflation has increased and the risk of an earlier<br />

start to the tightening cycle than we have forecast<br />

(i.e. from Q2 2012) has risen accordingly. While the<br />

ECB still expects inflation to remain in line with its<br />

definition of price stability over the medium term, it<br />

intends to monitor the various risks to this scenario<br />

very closely – as will we. Two key influences on<br />

whether the threat of action will actually translate into<br />

a higher refinancing rate this year, which markets will<br />

continue to price in while inflation is above target, will<br />

be developments relating to second round effects on<br />

inflation and the evolution of inflation expectations.<br />

On the basis of our assessment of those and other<br />

economic and financial developments going forward,<br />

we conclude, on balance, that the ECB’s bark is<br />

likely to be worse than its bite.<br />

Ken Wattret 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

21<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


ECB Inflation Performance: A Review<br />

• The eurozone inflation broke above the 2.0%<br />

threshold in December. More importantly,<br />

average eurozone inflation since January 1999<br />

rose from 1.98% in November to 2.01% in<br />

December.<br />

• Other indicators show that inflation remains<br />

subdued and below headline HICP, the measure<br />

the ECB has chosen to target. This implies the<br />

ECB has chosen the most demanding target.<br />

• The latest inflation figure has not altered<br />

ECB policy, but the language was toughened.<br />

Jean-Claude Trichet revisited the wording of the<br />

ECB achievement and that of the policy outlook.<br />

128<br />

124<br />

120<br />

116<br />

112<br />

108<br />

104<br />

100<br />

Base<br />

98=100<br />

Chart 1: HICP vs. Ceiling<br />

Ceiling 2%/year<br />

Actual HICP<br />

(SA by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas)<br />

96<br />

97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11<br />

Source: Eurostat, Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: HICP Inflation<br />

The 2.2% flash estimate for eurozone inflation in<br />

December was described in the media as the first<br />

time inflation has exceeded the ECB’s target for more<br />

than two years. The reality and the potential<br />

consequences for ECB policy are more subtle.<br />

What is the ECB’s true target?<br />

As Jean-Claude Trichet usually puts it, the ECB’s<br />

inflation goal is ‘below 2%, but close to 2%, over the<br />

medium term’. This time horizon should not be<br />

ignored. The cumulative average inflation rate since<br />

January 1999 had been above the 2% ‘ceiling’ for a<br />

long time by the end of the tightening cycle in July<br />

2008 but the ECB had nonetheless refrained from<br />

putting in place a restrictive monetary policy.<br />

Mr Trichet recently insisted that, since the start of<br />

monetary union, average inflation had been below<br />

2%. He added that he felt "moved" by the EU<br />

Parliament applause when he said that average<br />

inflation was 1.97%. With the December print, the<br />

average has gone to 2.01%...too bad!<br />

Will that trigger quick policy action? This is unlikely.<br />

When the ECB governing council decided in June<br />

2008 to hike in July, it had at its fingertips the May<br />

inflation estimate. This stood at 3.7% y/y, compared<br />

with a 4% refi rate. This pushed the average inflation<br />

rate from January 1999 as high as 2.22%. That rate<br />

hike is often viewed in retrospect as a policy mistake,<br />

but not within the ECB.<br />

What do other inflation indicators say?<br />

The ECB focuses on the headline HICP rather than<br />

the ex-food and energy index; the Fed, for example,<br />

favours the core PCE deflator. Over the short run,<br />

4.0 Headline HICP (% y/y)<br />

3.0<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

0.0<br />

-1.0<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

0.0<br />

-1.0<br />

-2.0<br />

Core HICP (% y/y)<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11<br />

Source: Eurostat, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Headline - Core (y/y)<br />

Lagged 1 year<br />

Core Inflation y/y Change<br />

ignoring highly volatile factors can make sense.<br />

However, over the medium term, all elements need to<br />

be included in the index that the central bank targets<br />

(especially vital elements such as food and energy).<br />

Experience also shows that headline inflation tends to<br />

lead core inflation (Chart 2). Nevertheless, core<br />

inflation remains less volatile.<br />

Using one measure rather than the other does make<br />

a difference. In December, average inflation since<br />

January 1999 was 2.01% while average core inflation<br />

was 1.55%. This gap highlights that the main sources<br />

of inflation have been food and energy, items over<br />

which ECB interest rate policy has less influence.<br />

As noted above, the Fed prefers to look at the PCE<br />

deflator, a broader measure of inflation. However, the<br />

Fed favours the less volatile ex-food and energy<br />

definition of the deflator. Although the ECB has not<br />

gone down this route, looking at the eurozone PCE<br />

deflator would also make a lot of sense. By definition,<br />

this index covers all goods and services consumed by<br />

Dominique Barbet 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

22<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


households. Furthermore, the statistical construction<br />

of the deflator captures more effectively changes in<br />

consumption patterns. As Chart 3 shows, this<br />

measure gives a result very close to that of headline<br />

HICP. The average inflation rate until Q3 2010 is<br />

marginally below the HICP measure, but the gap is<br />

only 4bp.<br />

We could also look at the total GDP deflator. By<br />

construction, this index is not designed to measure<br />

inflation for consumption but for the eurozone<br />

domestic economy, since imported inflation is<br />

eliminated. This measure shows lower inflation than<br />

headline HICP and is less volatile. From the start of<br />

monetary union to Q3 2010, average inflation on this<br />

measure was 1.68% (0.32pp below the official target).<br />

New words to back unchanged ECB policy<br />

In the latest press conference, Trichet presented a<br />

different gauge of long-term inflation, now referring to<br />

the average annual inflation rate over the last 12<br />

years. This measure allows him to still highlight a<br />

1.97% figure (when the inflation from January 1999 to<br />

December 2010 is 2.01%). The good thing about this<br />

wording is that the reference period and thus the<br />

achievement will last for a few months (possibly<br />

almost a year), although inflation is likely to remain at<br />

or above 2.2% in the next two months of published<br />

data.<br />

This issue is primarily a question of wording, since<br />

other indicators provide comfort on inflation’s past<br />

performance as well as the present underlying trend.<br />

We expect core inflation for the eurozone stayed at<br />

1.1% in December. The GDP deflator has been<br />

subdued: all the quarterly changes (SAAR) since Q1<br />

2009 have been below 1.7%; the latest y/y print is<br />

1.1%; and average inflation over the last three years<br />

stands at 1.3%.<br />

The ECB currently has no economic reasons to be<br />

concerned over the inflation outlook. Even money<br />

130<br />

125<br />

120<br />

115<br />

110<br />

105<br />

100<br />

Chart 3: Price Indices (Q1 1999=100)<br />

HICP Headline<br />

HICP Core<br />

PCE Deflator<br />

GDP Deflator<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Eurostat, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 4: Main Inflation Indices (quarterly, % y/y)<br />

4.0<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

2.5<br />

2.0<br />

1.5<br />

1.0<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

HICP Core<br />

GDP Deflator<br />

HICP Headline<br />

-0.5<br />

PCE Deflator<br />

-1.0<br />

Q2 Q4 Q2 Q4 Q2 Q4 Q2 Q4 Q2 Q4 Q2 Q4 Q2<br />

04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Eurostat, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

supply and credit growth, through rising, are not<br />

alarming. Trichet merely had a positioning problem<br />

since he has lost one argument he had been using<br />

heavily – the below 2% average inflation rate since the<br />

start of monetary union. The wording change solves<br />

this issue for the time being.<br />

This device can also be seen as a way for the ECB to<br />

avoid current inflation figures exerting too much<br />

pressure on the policy setting.<br />

Dominique Barbet 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

23<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Eurozone: BoP Leaves Euro Vulnerable<br />

• Despite the worsening of the eurozone debt<br />

crisis last November, foreign investors turned<br />

net buyers of bonds and notes in that month.<br />

• The fact that non-eurozone capital flows<br />

were not the cause of the bond crisis is not<br />

reassuring for the euro.<br />

Chart 1: EMU Current Account (EUR bn/m, s.a.)<br />

10<br />

Goods<br />

Services<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

Current account deficit is widening<br />

The eurozone’s current account deficit widened<br />

sharply in November, from EUR 2.1bn in October to<br />

EUR 6.0bn (unadjusted). While in unadjusted terms<br />

the eurozone posted its largest deficit for the year<br />

back in September (EUR 6.5bn), in seasonally<br />

adjusted terms the deficit rose from EUR 9.6bn in<br />

September to EUR 11.2bn in November – the largest<br />

monthly deficit since late 2008.<br />

The situation has been deteriorating rapidly<br />

(Chart 1). The main reason for the widening of the<br />

current account deficit is the widening of the<br />

merchandise trade deficit, where nominal export<br />

gains (22.9% y/y in November) have been outpaced<br />

by the increase in imports (28.2%) boosted by<br />

stronger inflation on imported goods. (For example,<br />

in Germany, import prices rose 10.0% y/y compared<br />

to a 4.5% increase in export prices.) The surplus on<br />

services, not subject to such price developments,<br />

remained strong in November, supported by rising<br />

exports (13.2% y/y).<br />

The deficit on income is also widening. Inflows,<br />

mostly interest payments, are declining, while<br />

outflows are rising and are likely to continue to do so<br />

given the impact of the financial crisis on payments.<br />

Capital flows show a surprising pattern<br />

On the capital account, foreign direct investment<br />

printed a monthly surplus in November, for the first<br />

time this year. The surplus reflected significant loans<br />

to eurozone subsidiaries by foreign entities and is<br />

likely to have disappeared in December. Net outflows<br />

in equities were modest in November and corrected<br />

part of the previous month’s inflow.<br />

The main surprise on the capital account in<br />

November came from bonds and notes (Chart 2).<br />

While the eurozone sovereign bond market was in<br />

disarray, foreign investors bought a net amount of<br />

EUR 10.8bn of eurozone bonds in November. This,<br />

combined with net sales of foreign bonds from<br />

eurozone investors, raised net inflows on bonds and<br />

notes to EUR 19.8bn. Thus foreign investors, rather<br />

than fleeing the Eurobond market, actually increased<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: ECB, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Total<br />

Chart 2: EMU BoP, Flows on Bonds and Notes<br />

(EUR bn/m, n.s.a.)<br />

75<br />

50<br />

25<br />

0<br />

-25<br />

-50<br />

-75<br />

Inflow<br />

Outflow<br />

2008 2009 2010<br />

Source: ECB, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Balance<br />

their purchases during the crisis. Note the same<br />

occurred in April-May 2010, when Greece was<br />

subject to the market's scrutiny. They are also keen<br />

to exit the market when it is quieter, either to take<br />

short-term profit or, for real money investors,<br />

because such instruments are a more limited share<br />

of their total portfolio than for most eurozone<br />

domestic investors. Despite November’s surge,<br />

foreign appetite for eurozone bonds shows a trend<br />

decline.<br />

The bottom line is that, despite a large current<br />

account deficit, the eurozone’s basic balance (the<br />

current deficit and flows of long-term capital)<br />

registered a surplus in November of EUR 31.7bn, the<br />

largest for any month in 2010. With the basic balance<br />

in solid surplus, the euro’s decline in November<br />

reflected the impact on other flows of concerns over<br />

the debt crisis and uncertainties over the longer-term<br />

outlook of the eurozone. Such concerns are likely to<br />

persist longer than November’s capital inflow.<br />

Dominique Barbet 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

24<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Norway: Norges Bank Preview<br />

• We continue to expect the Norges Bank to<br />

keep its policy rate on hold at its January<br />

meeting.<br />

Chart 1: Private Consumption & Retail Sales<br />

• Since the December policy decision,<br />

economic data, on average, have been strong,<br />

signalling a pick-up in growth.<br />

• This, together with high house prices and<br />

robust credit growth, is likely to be mentioned in<br />

the policy statement – giving it a hawkish tone.<br />

• However, the appreciation in the NOK is<br />

likely to lead to the Norges Bank remaining<br />

cautious.<br />

Stable policy rate for now<br />

The Norges Bank left its policy rate unchanged for a<br />

fifth consecutive meeting in December. But the<br />

statement accompanying the decision had a hawkish<br />

tone. The Bank’s quarterly rate projections in<br />

October suggested that it intended to deliver a rate<br />

hike, at the earliest, in summer 2011. Although we<br />

believe a hawkish statement in December and recent<br />

strong economic data have increased the chances of<br />

its striking sooner, we expect the Norges Bank to<br />

keep the policy rate at 2.00% at its meeting next<br />

week.<br />

Economic growth picking up<br />

There are increasing signs that economic recovery<br />

has gained momentum in Norway. In line with our<br />

long-held view, an increase in consumer spending is<br />

now evident. The strong retail sales print for<br />

November and consumer confidence in Q4 hitting its<br />

highest level since late 2007 signal that private<br />

consumption remained a key growth driver in Q4.<br />

With interest rates still relatively low, household<br />

consumption also seems to be supported by robust<br />

growth in credit to households.<br />

Another issue, likely to be mentioned by the Norges<br />

Bank, is the increase in house prices. Although<br />

posting slight q/q declines in Q3 and Q4, they are<br />

well above their pre-crisis levels and overall 8.3%<br />

higher last year than in 2009.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 2: Consumer and Manufacturing<br />

Confidence<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 3: House Prices (Index, Q1 2005 = 100)<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

On the production side, although financial and<br />

monetary conditions have tightened recently due to<br />

an appreciation relative to trend in the effective NOK<br />

exchange rate, they are now broadly neutral. Given<br />

lags, however, we should see a further improvement<br />

in production in the period ahead. More forwardlooking<br />

data, such as manufacturing surveys, support<br />

this view. Another positive factor, which should<br />

provide a boost to the economy overall, is the<br />

increase in oil prices.<br />

Gizem Kara 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

25<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Higher energy prices pushing up inflation<br />

After consistently surprising the Norges Bank to the<br />

downside over the previous couple of months, CPI-<br />

ATE inflation at 1.0% y/y in December was in line<br />

with the Bank’s expectations. However, higher<br />

electricity prices due to cold weather led to a<br />

significant upward surprise in headline inflation.<br />

Higher energy prices are likely to lead the Norges<br />

Bank to raise its headline inflation forecasts in its<br />

Monetary Policy Report in March. In terms of core,<br />

CPI-ATE, inflation, we expect it to start to pick up this<br />

year as the improving labour market leads to a<br />

strengthening of both demand and wages. The<br />

appreciation of the Norwegian krone, however,<br />

suggests some downside risk to inflation. Overall,<br />

core inflation should remain below the Norges Bank’s<br />

target of 2.5% throughout the year.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 4: CPI & CPI-ATE (% y/y)<br />

Chart 5: Import-Weighted NOK<br />

Policy decision<br />

Given the key policy rate is still low compared to<br />

what the neutral rate should be in Norway, we expect<br />

rate hikes. However, we believe the Norges Bank will<br />

keep the policy rate at 2.00% at its meeting next<br />

week.<br />

We expect the next hike to come in Q2. But, given<br />

the hawkish statement in December, we noted that<br />

we might see an upward revision to the Norges<br />

Bank’s rate projections at its March meeting. Recent<br />

domestic developments, which suggest a pick-up in<br />

growth in the quarters ahead, support this view.<br />

Overall, we believe the risk of rate hike in Q1 has<br />

increased.<br />

However, developments in the coming months will<br />

still be key for the timing of the hike. With policy rates<br />

generally expected to remain low for some time in<br />

the main advanced economies, the Norges Bank will<br />

not want to deviate too much from other advanced<br />

country central banks in terms of policy rates.<br />

Appreciation of the domestic currency due to higher<br />

rate differentials would not be welcomed by the<br />

Norges Bank. Since end-November, the importweighted<br />

NOK has appreciated by around 3%.<br />

Developments since the start of the year suggest the<br />

appreciation in January will also surprise the Norges<br />

Bank to the upside. As a stronger currency would<br />

bring downside risks to inflation and hurt export<br />

industries, the Norges Bank will probably wait to<br />

deliver a rate hike if the currency continues to<br />

appreciate in the coming months.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

On the other hand, high house prices, robust credit<br />

growth and the increase in household spending are<br />

other issues the Norges Bank will be looking at. As<br />

these had been mentioned in the previous policy<br />

statement, the Norges Bank will likely remain<br />

cautious about the risk of financial imbalances<br />

building up in the economy.<br />

Overall, if we do not see a significant appreciation in<br />

the currency, economic data continue to surprise to<br />

the upside relative to the Norges Bank’s forecasts<br />

and house prices increase markedly, the Bank is<br />

likely to deliver a rate hike in Q1. But if the krone<br />

appreciates significantly and still-acute tensions in<br />

financial markets intensify, the Bank will wait until Q2<br />

to strike.<br />

Gizem Kara 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

26<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Japan: New Cabinet and Policy Outlook<br />

• Prime Minster Kan has reshuffled his<br />

cabinet to avert an opposition boycott of<br />

parliament. But with all parties gearing up for<br />

the local elections in April, the going promises<br />

to be tough for the 2011 budget and budgetrelated<br />

bills.<br />

• That said, Kan’s tenure could prove long,<br />

given that no national elections are due until<br />

2013. Because it is politically damaging for the<br />

opposition to keep on blocking bills and be seen<br />

as the cause of political paralysis, policy<br />

cooperation on specific issues seems likely<br />

once the April local elections are over.<br />

• The policies most likely to garner supraparty<br />

support are (1) comprehensive social<br />

security/tax reform and (2) “opening Japan”<br />

(Trans-Pacific Partnership participation).<br />

• The appointment of Kaoru Yosano as the<br />

point man on social security/tax reform should<br />

help reconcile the ideas of the opposition and<br />

ruling camps.<br />

• Opening up Japan and TPP participation,<br />

however, face strong opposition from factions<br />

in both the DPJ and LDP. Headway on this issue<br />

may be blocked or could trigger political<br />

realignment.<br />

More “crises” down the road?<br />

Prime Minster Kan reshuffled his cabinet and the<br />

DPJ leadership on 14 January. With the opposition<br />

threatening to boycott the regular session of<br />

parliament set to convene on 24 January unless<br />

Chief Cabinet Secretary Sengoku and Land Minister<br />

Mabuchi were replaced (they had been censured by<br />

the opposition-controlled Upper House), the sacking<br />

of both allowed Kan to avert a “January crisis”<br />

(opposition boycott of parliament).<br />

But now the new government faces even bigger<br />

challenges as it lacks the two-thirds majority in the<br />

Lower House needed to override bills rejected by the<br />

Upper House (it is seven seats short). With the<br />

opposition gearing up to fight the ruling coalition in<br />

the unified nationwide local elections slated for April,<br />

the going promises to be rough for the 2011 budget<br />

and budget-related bills. These are being dubbed by<br />

pundits the “March crisis” and “April crisis”,<br />

respectively.<br />

We expect there will be a good deal of negotiating<br />

with the opposition before the budget and budgetrelated<br />

bills are submitted to the Diet. Negotiating on<br />

the specifics of any legislation is certainly<br />

constructive. However, political manoeuvring and<br />

grandstanding over how the Diet’s daily agenda is<br />

set could provoke public disgust at the procedural<br />

games parliamentarians play. Incidentally, the<br />

government has let it be known that it is open to<br />

amending the budget in parliament, something that<br />

would be epoch-making in its own right.<br />

Bigger test will be budget-related bills<br />

The government, by virtue of its majority in the Lower<br />

House, can secure passage of the budget without<br />

Upper House approval. Under the constitution, the<br />

budget is automatically enacted 30 days after<br />

approval by the Lower House, regardless of what the<br />

Upper House does.<br />

But the same rules do not apply to budget-related<br />

bills. If rejected by the Upper House, these will<br />

require some degree of cooperation from opposition<br />

lawmakers in the Lower House to achieve the twothirds<br />

majority needed for an override vote. While this<br />

process can be time-consuming, this time around<br />

there are no budget-related bills on tap that could<br />

cause the kind of confusion witnessed at the gas<br />

pumps in 2008.<br />

At that time, the provisional surcharge tax on<br />

gasoline could not be renewed on time due to the<br />

divided Diet. This led to the tax momentarily expiring,<br />

lowering gasoline prices, only to be reinstated one<br />

month later. In any event, even if the public is<br />

inconvenienced by the failure to promptly enact<br />

budget-related bills, most such bills are applied<br />

retroactively when they are eventually passed.<br />

A prime concern for market participants is a special<br />

law enacted each year that controls deficit-financing<br />

bonds. While failure to re-enact this legislation by 1<br />

April would not trigger chaos, government cash flow<br />

could be seriously impaired if the legislation is put on<br />

hold indefinitely.<br />

Increasing cooperation, once April’s election are<br />

over<br />

Ultimately, we expect the opposition New Komeito<br />

party to be won over to support budget-related bills,<br />

just as it was convinced to support the<br />

supplementary budget last year. Of course, in the<br />

run-up to the April elections, it is very likely that New<br />

Ryutaro Kono/ Azusa Kato 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

27<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Komeito will maintain its resistance to the<br />

government, including opposition to the budget itself.<br />

Nonetheless, we expect New Komeito to eventually<br />

back the budget-related bills in order to avoid<br />

adverse consequences for the public. It is even<br />

conceivable that New Komeito cooperation at this<br />

juncture could open the door to some kind of alliance<br />

with the DPJ, once the local elections are over.<br />

Some observers believe the Kan government could<br />

be shaken by a “June crisis”, in the event junior<br />

partner the People’s New Party pulls out of the ruling<br />

coalition, due to the failure to enact that party’s pet<br />

project (reversing postal privatisation). However, we<br />

think that, after April, the Kan government will find<br />

ways of working with the LDP and New Komeito so<br />

that key legislation can be enacted.<br />

If the LDP and New Komeito can change and<br />

cooperate with the DPJ, the anti-reformist bent of the<br />

People’s New Party will also have to change to some<br />

degree. It is our view that, once the April elections<br />

are over, all political parties will modify their<br />

approach to parliamentary affairs.<br />

Could Kan’s tenure be long-lived?<br />

Looking further ahead, there is a possibility,<br />

depending on the policies pursued, that Kan’s tenure<br />

as prime minister could be long by Japanese<br />

standards. One reason is that the political schedule<br />

is free of nationwide elections until 2013 (Upper<br />

House in July, Lower House in August).<br />

While Kan’s tenure as DPJ president (hence prime<br />

minister) is due to expire in September 2012, we<br />

expect he will be re-elected as replacing him at that<br />

juncture would likely mean a quick general election.<br />

Otherwise, the DPJ would again be slammed by the<br />

public and opposition for elevating its leader to the<br />

prime minister without the legitimacy of a Lower<br />

House election victory.<br />

Given the lengthy period without national elections, it<br />

would be hard for the opposition to fight the<br />

government on each and every issue. Accordingly, it<br />

is likely that some opposition parties will seek to link<br />

up with the Kan government on specific policies<br />

issues. This would allow them to build a record of<br />

achievement that could bolster their election<br />

prospects.<br />

Policy-wise, affinity is especially strong with New<br />

Komeito (one concern with a DPJ-New Kometo<br />

linkup is the fact that both tend to favour increased<br />

spending on social welfare etc). If Kan manages to<br />

survive the April local elections, his tenure as prime<br />

minister could prove long-lived provided supra-party<br />

cooperation is achieved on key policies.<br />

Non-partisan policies stand best change of<br />

enactment<br />

What kind of policies are likely to be enacted? The<br />

reality of a divided parliament means the DPJ’s wish<br />

list of programmes enshrined in its 2009 election<br />

manifesto must be revised, in the face of some<br />

internal resistance.<br />

Thus, the policies most likely to be enacted by a<br />

divided Diet are those that are truly nonpartisan in<br />

nature, such as: (1) comprehensive social<br />

security/tax reform including hiking the consumption<br />

tax; and (2) opening up Japan, including participation<br />

in the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP).<br />

These two issues were singled out by Prime Minister<br />

Kan in his press conference on 4 January.<br />

Comprehensive social security/tax reform is widely<br />

deemed to be the most pressing issue facing Japan<br />

today. In fact, the LDP and New Komeito have put<br />

forward similar proposals in this regard.<br />

The appointment of Kaoru Yosano as the minister for<br />

economic and fiscal policy in the new Kan<br />

government may be aimed at luring the LDP and<br />

New Komeito into cooperating on social security/tax<br />

reform. Yosano is an ex-LDP lawmaker who once<br />

served as finance minister. In that capacity, he<br />

helped draft plans for social welfare reform that were<br />

promoted by the former LDP-New Komeito coalition<br />

government.<br />

With Yosano as the point man on social security/tax<br />

reform, it should be easier to reconcile the ideas of<br />

the opposition and ruling camps. After all, if your<br />

ideas are accepted, continued opposition for<br />

opposition’s sake is absurd. Thus, if the obstacles to<br />

supra-party discussions can be overcome, perhaps<br />

real progress can be made on social security/tax<br />

reform. Unfortunately, at this juncture, this is<br />

probably still wishful thinking.<br />

Political realignment on TPP?<br />

As for the opening of Japan, the desirability of joining<br />

the TPP is not shared by all lawmakers. In fact, there<br />

is strong opposition to the TPP within both the DPJ<br />

and LDP, though opposition in the former case has<br />

more to do with Kan’s abrupt announcement than<br />

policy particulars.<br />

Given the strength of the farm lobby in Japan,<br />

discussions on the TPP probably won’t make much<br />

headway, even though “opening Japan” would be a<br />

good way to realise economic rejuvenation, as<br />

pointed out in Japan: PM Sets Out Two Key<br />

Challenges, <strong>Market</strong> Mover, 13 January 2011. On the<br />

other hand, progress in the TPP talks could lead to a<br />

realignment of the political landscape.<br />

Ryutaro Kono/ Azusa Kato 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

28<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Japan: Capex Outlook<br />

• Core machinery orders undershot<br />

expectations, falling 3.0% m/m in November.<br />

Despite this third straight drop, the net decline<br />

is within the range of payback for earlier gains.<br />

• Given the upturn in global manufacturing,<br />

domestic capex should pick up once exports<br />

and production escape their soft patch.<br />

• But with yen appreciation, changes in the<br />

demand structure and Japan’s shrinking<br />

workforce causing firms to focus more on<br />

expansion overseas, a vigorous recovery in<br />

domestic investment seems unlikely.<br />

• To arrest the effects of an ageing<br />

population, Japan in our view needs to<br />

participate in the Trans-Pacific Partnership.<br />

Orders fall for third straight month<br />

Undershooting expectations, core machinery orders<br />

fell 3.0% m/m in November, the third straight<br />

contraction. However, coming after gains of 8.8% in<br />

July and 10.1% in August, the net three-month drop<br />

is within the range of a reactionary decline. While the<br />

level for October-November is 6.9% lower than the<br />

Q3 average, it is still 2.1% above Q2, which suggests<br />

that orders continue to trend modestly higher. On this<br />

score, core orders minus mobile phones (which are<br />

not capital goods) posted 0.8% growth in November<br />

following a 0.6% advance in October.<br />

Capex to pick up, albeit modestly<br />

We believe that domestic spending on new plants<br />

and machinery will accelerate moving forward,<br />

though not to the extent of becoming a main growth<br />

engine for the Japanese economy anytime soon.<br />

Currently, the economy is in a soft patch, brought on<br />

by the slowdown in exports. Economic growth in Q4<br />

2010 is likely to turn negative due to fallout from the<br />

end of stimulus programmes.<br />

But with global manufacturing picking up again from<br />

autumn, exports should resume expanding shortly<br />

(early indications suggest real exports could revive in<br />

December). Thus, once statistics confirm that exports<br />

and production have indeed escaped the soft patch,<br />

domestic capex should pick up the pace – especially<br />

among manufacturers eager to tap into voracious<br />

global demand for smart phones, tablets and other<br />

innovative products.<br />

That said, due to the correcting of the yen’s super<br />

weak tone – which, in our view, is the proper way to<br />

Chart 1: Core Machinery Orders (JPY bn, s.a.)<br />

1300<br />

1200<br />

1100<br />

1000<br />

900<br />

800<br />

700<br />

600<br />

Monthly<br />

Quarterly<br />

03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Cabinet Office, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: Machinery Orders (JPY bn, s.a.)<br />

700<br />

650<br />

600<br />

550<br />

500<br />

450<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

Manufacturing<br />

Nonmanufacturing<br />

03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Cabinet Office, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

see the yen’s appreciation since the Lehman shock –<br />

coupled with changes in the demand structure<br />

(weakening of domestic demand due to population<br />

decline, emergence of Asian middle-class demand),<br />

to say nothing of Japan’s shrinking workforce, firms<br />

are focusing more on expansion overseas than<br />

investment at home. Hence, a significant<br />

acceleration in the domestic capex recovery looks<br />

unlikely.<br />

Manufacturers’ orders trending mildly higher<br />

A closer look at November’s machinery orders shows<br />

bookings by manufacturers jumped 10.6% m/m after<br />

rising 1.4% in October. Despite seesawing, orders by<br />

this sector are trending modestly higher. Core orders<br />

by non-manufacturers, meanwhile, fell sharply for a<br />

second straight month, plunging 10.5% in November<br />

(-8.7% in October). While the decline is more modest<br />

if mobile phones are excluded, at -4.8% in November<br />

(-0.2% in October), such sluggishness still suggests<br />

the nascent recovery in this sector has flattened out.<br />

Ryutaro Kono/ Hiroshi Shiraishi 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

29<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Orders from abroad (not part of the headline core<br />

figure) were down 17.8% in November, but this<br />

reflects negative payback for the 16.0% gain posted<br />

in October. When averaged out, the level for<br />

overseas orders in October-November is 9.1% higher<br />

than in Q3. While the large-lot orders posted in<br />

October make it hard to say with confidence that<br />

overseas demand is accelerating again, Asian<br />

demand for capital goods is likely to pick up given the<br />

recovery in global manufacturing. On this score, the<br />

latest data for machine tool orders show Asian<br />

demand, led by China, on the rise again.<br />

Domestic capital stock weakly recovering<br />

Meanwhile, recently released figures for capital stock<br />

show capital accumulation is still recovering only<br />

weakly. According to the Cabinet Office’s preliminary<br />

estimates, real gross capital investment rose 11.0%<br />

y/y in Q3 2010. But while this confirms that spending<br />

is on a recovery track, the level is still only 85% of<br />

the peak set in Q1 2008. The ratio of cumulative<br />

gross capital investment over the past year to the<br />

existing capital stock a year ago is 6.0%. This is on a<br />

par with the level in 2002, which represented the<br />

bottom of the previous capital investment cycle. With<br />

4.4% of existing capital having been scrapped over<br />

the past year, capital stock expanded at the modest<br />

rate of 1.5% y/y.<br />

Growth expectations falling<br />

In terms of the capital stock cycle, investment prior to<br />

2005 increased at a rate corresponding to an<br />

expected growth rate of slightly under 2%. However,<br />

the current rate of spending growth matches growth<br />

expectations of slightly under 1%. The change is<br />

most pronounced for manufacturers, whose<br />

investment in 2005-2006 corresponded to an<br />

expected growth rate of slightly more than 2%. This<br />

climbed to roughly 3% in 2007 but the level now<br />

stands at slightly under 1%.<br />

Non-manufacturers, on the other hand, invested prior<br />

to the Lehman shock at a level corresponding to an<br />

expected growth rate of slightly more than 1%, and<br />

their level now also stands at slightly under 1%. Such<br />

diminishing growth expectations can be attributed to<br />

(1) the collapse of the export boom of 2005-2007 that<br />

was fuelled by credit bubbles overseas and the yen’s<br />

super weak tone; and (2) population decline, whose<br />

adverse impact on domestic demand is becoming<br />

apparent after being concealed by the export boom.<br />

Stabilise growth expectations by joining the TPP<br />

Even if the recovery in the capital stock cycle picks<br />

up somewhat, it is hard to imagine domestic<br />

Chart 3: Capital Stock Cycle – All Industries<br />

(CY, from 1981)<br />

(Capital Investment, % y/y)<br />

20%<br />

1990<br />

15% 2010<br />

2005<br />

10%<br />

5%<br />

0%<br />

-5%<br />

1981<br />

-10%<br />

-15%<br />

-20%<br />

-25% 2009<br />

0<br />

1 2 3<br />

-30%<br />

5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10% 11% 12%<br />

(Capital Investment in previous year/Capital Stock at end of previous year)<br />

Source: METI, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas. Note: CY2010 is 2010 Q3 data.<br />

7.0<br />

6.0<br />

5.0<br />

4.0<br />

3.0<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

Chart 4: Corporate Growth Expectations<br />

(real growth rate, %)<br />

0.0<br />

74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08<br />

Source: Cabinet Office, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

3- Year Ahead<br />

5- Year Ahead<br />

investment robustly increasing so long as the effects<br />

of the ageing population persist. Because population<br />

decline inevitably means reduced prospects for<br />

future sales, companies will naturally curb domestic<br />

business spending. If the authorities try to remedy<br />

this with discretionary policies designed to stimulate<br />

more investment, there is a risk that the result could<br />

be a glut of unprofitable capital stock that weighs on<br />

the nation’s potential to grow.<br />

What is needed, therefore, are new growth areas that<br />

can bolster the return on capital. To this end, we<br />

believe the authorities should consider aggressively<br />

tapping into overseas demand by participating in the<br />

Trans-Pacific Partnership. The free flow of money,<br />

goods and labour across state boundaries would<br />

inevitably bolster growth expectations, thereby<br />

making it possible to arrest the effects of an “ageing<br />

economy” and realise economic rejuvenation (see<br />

Japan: PM Sets Out Two Key Challenges in <strong>Market</strong><br />

Mover, 13 January 2011).<br />

Ryutaro Kono/ Hiroshi Shiraishi 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

30<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


US/EUR Spreads: Further Tightening Near Term<br />

• Eurozone factors (hawkish ECB, EFSF<br />

speculation, heavy supply) have – unusually –<br />

been the main driving forces behind the<br />

compression of US/EUR spreads so far this<br />

year.<br />

Chart 1: Mostly Directional…But Not Uniquely<br />

• Fundamentals and technicals should<br />

support further tightening of spreads in the<br />

short run.<br />

• The US market will continue to set the tone<br />

over the medium term. With the bearish bias set<br />

to develop during the course of 2011, this will<br />

lead to a gradual re-widening of US/EUR<br />

spreads.<br />

• STRATEGY: Be positioned for a return of the<br />

10y T-note/Bund spread to the 10bp area in the<br />

weeks ahead.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin<br />

Chart 2: The Impact of Inflation Differentials…<br />

US/EUR spreads remain mostly directional,<br />

tightening during rallies on the Treasury market<br />

(April-October 2010) and widening on setbacks<br />

(November-December 2010). However, the EMU<br />

crisis has distorted this relationship for short periods,<br />

as seen since the start of 2011 (Chart 1).<br />

While the Treasury market has been stuck in a<br />

narrow range for several weeks, US/EUR spreads<br />

have tightened significantly. The recent dynamic<br />

reflects changes in market anticipation in Europe as<br />

well as expectations of new measures to reinforce<br />

the existing EMU safety mechanisms (EFSF, ESM<br />

etc).<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin<br />

Chart 3: …and Business Cycle Gaps<br />

Following the accumulation of better-than-expected<br />

economic data in core economies (especially<br />

Germany) over the past couple of months, the ECB<br />

‘officially’ became more hawkish at its 13 January<br />

meeting – triggering a sharp sell-off at the front end<br />

of the curve. The move has translated into a more<br />

pronounced inversion of short US/EUR spreads,<br />

pushing the 2y US/Eur spreads back close to their<br />

October lows both on the cash (-65bp area) and<br />

swap (-110bp area) curves.<br />

The setback has been less pronounced on 10s and<br />

primarily driven by the latest developments in the<br />

EMU sovereign debt crisis. The ‘successful’ auctions<br />

in several peripheral markets plus talks and<br />

speculation about a new shape, scope and limits for<br />

the EFSF (extension, possibility of buying bonds…)<br />

put some pressure on the benchmark curve. Unlike<br />

during the early stage of the crisis, when some in the<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin<br />

market were questioning the future of the euro and<br />

buying Germany as pure flight-to-quality trades, it<br />

should now be clear that the political will is strong<br />

enough to reinforce further EMU safety nets. This<br />

Cyril Beuzit 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

31<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


also means that, the more peripherals suffer, the<br />

more core will have to bear the burden.<br />

Chart 4: Technicals Plead for Further ST<br />

Tightening<br />

What’s next?<br />

While the long-term outlook is for higher yields and<br />

wider US/EUR spreads, the near-term picture<br />

remains supportive of tighter spreads, notably in the<br />

10y area. Regarding short spreads, there is a risk of<br />

re-widening / disinversion as Fed expectations have<br />

barely moved while both EUR and GBP front-end<br />

levels have significantly changed. Both the BoE and<br />

ECB are expected to hike rates before the FOMC, a<br />

situation that does not fit with previous cycles.<br />

Overall, the front end of the euro curve now faces<br />

asymmetric risks. While it may have been too quick<br />

to discount more than one rate hike by the end of the<br />

year, it makes sense for the front end to discount a<br />

less favourable ECB scenario than previously. Any<br />

further data – notably on the inflation front –<br />

surprising on the upside will reinforce this new bias.<br />

With regard to longer maturities, speculation about<br />

an agreement on the EFSF will remain high going<br />

into 4 February and the late-March EU summit,<br />

maintaining pressures on core EGBs during a period<br />

of high supply.<br />

In other words, as long as Treasuries remain stuck in<br />

the same narrow range, EMU/ECB news will set the<br />

tone and on balance favour additional US/EUR<br />

spread tightening. A more constructive tone in<br />

Treasuries would obviously reinforce this bias.<br />

Though govvies look heavy, the latest signals on<br />

risky assets indicate a risk of a pause/setback which<br />

would likely benefit the Treasury market – watch<br />

carefully the earnings season and behaviour of the<br />

S&P 500.<br />

Technicals (Chart 4) as well as fundamentals (Charts<br />

2 and 3) are also supportive of such a trend over the<br />

coming weeks/months. The 10y T-Note/Bund spread<br />

has broken below the 22.7/24.5bp area (61.8%),<br />

opening the way for a move towards the 4.0/6.9bp<br />

lows (“wave C”). The core inflation differential<br />

between the US and the eurozone also supports a<br />

further tightening in the short run. Further, our model<br />

(3m Euro$/Euribor spreads, inflation differential,<br />

business cycle expectations - ISM) also points to<br />

tighter spreads over the months ahead.<br />

The fundamental relationship (see inflation<br />

differential forecasts, Chart 3), however, supports a<br />

re-widening of US/EUR spreads later in the year.<br />

This is in line with our bearish views on the market,<br />

i.e. US yields resuming their rise in the spring. A<br />

likely rise in volatility later in the year (the VIX is<br />

currently on lows) would also support this mediumterm<br />

call (Chart 6).<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 5: Partly Driven by Risk Appetite…<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin<br />

Chart 6: …and Volatility<br />

Cyril Beuzit 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

32<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


US: Could the Short End Have a Pulse?<br />

• With inflation concerns gaining more<br />

attention in Europe and UK, more investors are<br />

asking if the US could follow suit, sooner or<br />

later, despite lacklustre growth and high<br />

unemployment so far.<br />

• While an inflation-induced selloff is not our<br />

base case, the market could nonetheless get<br />

jittery – as it is prone to do – in response to any<br />

sign of a pick-up in headline inflation, pushing<br />

rates higher.<br />

• STRATEGY: Consider defensive bearish<br />

strategies using mid-curve puts on red<br />

Eurodollars. We recommend buying mid June<br />

9875/9825 put spread @ around 12 as an<br />

effective strategy with a 4:1 payout.<br />

With the ECB officially turning more hawkish in view<br />

of better-than-expected data (especially in Germany)<br />

and inflation becoming a more pressing concern in<br />

the UK, the question we are hearing more and more<br />

is, could the US be far behind? We are all familiar<br />

with the counter arguments: high unemployment,<br />

absence of wage pressures, still-deleveraging<br />

consumers, depressed home prices and housing<br />

activity, a core inflation reading a far cry from being<br />

anything that smells of inflation, and on and on. Yet,<br />

the market does sometimes get very fickle, and<br />

responds disproportionately if signs of a nonconsensus<br />

scenario begin to emerge. This is<br />

especially true after a period of relatively limited rate<br />

movements, as has been the case since mid-<br />

December. So, even though we are firmly in the<br />

camp that inflation is a non-issue in the US for the<br />

time being for all the reasons cited above, we should<br />

still be cognizant of the risk of an abrupt selloff.<br />

With that in mind, we canvas the spectrum of bearish<br />

trades. In the risk scenario we depict, where market<br />

sentiment moves toward inflation and prices in<br />

potentially aggressive Fed action against it down the<br />

road, we expect the 18mo to 3y part of the curve to<br />

take the brunt of the selloff, depending on how soon<br />

the market perceives the beginning of any potential<br />

tightening. We want limited downside, so our focus is<br />

on option strategies. The most obvious choice is to<br />

simply buy a put on red Eurodollars, but we do not<br />

necessarily want to spend too high a premium to<br />

cover a really long period to expiry. This leads us to<br />

mid-curve options.<br />

We will illustrate the idea using mid June puts. The<br />

red June is currently trading at 98.77. The rolldown<br />

Chart 1: Spread between 5 th ED and Fed Funds<br />

4<br />

3.5<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

-0.5<br />

-1<br />

-1.5<br />

Nov-90<br />

Nov-91<br />

Nov-92<br />

Nov-93<br />

Nov-94<br />

Nov-95<br />

Nov-96<br />

Nov-97<br />

Nov-98<br />

Nov-99<br />

Nov-00<br />

Nov-01<br />

Nov-02<br />

Nov-03<br />

Nov-04<br />

Nov-05<br />

Nov-06<br />

Nov-07<br />

Nov-08<br />

Nov-09<br />

Nov-10<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

1200<br />

1000<br />

800<br />

600<br />

400<br />

200<br />

0<br />

-200<br />

-400<br />

Chart 2: PnL Chart of the Put Spread<br />

96.0<br />

96.2<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Bloomberg<br />

1/20/2011<br />

3/8/2011<br />

4/24/2011<br />

6/10/2011<br />

96.4<br />

96.6<br />

96.8<br />

97.1<br />

97.3<br />

97.5<br />

97.7<br />

97.9<br />

98.1<br />

98.3<br />

98.5<br />

98.7<br />

98.9<br />

99.2<br />

99.4<br />

99.6<br />

99.8<br />

100.0<br />

over three months is 28bp. While hefty, this level is<br />

close to the median of the history of the rolldown<br />

over the past year. One would not gain anything in<br />

terms of rolldown by moving the trade to the March<br />

or September contract.<br />

We select strikes in such a way to increase the odds<br />

of the trade making money in a reasonable selloff.<br />

Chart 1 shows the historical spread between the 5 th<br />

Eurodollar contract and fed funds. By June 2011, at<br />

the expiry of the option, targeting a spread above<br />

100bp seems reasonable in the event of a selloff.<br />

This suggests that the Jun 2012 contract should be<br />

priced below 98.75. We prefer a put spread, rather<br />

than a put at 98.75, for better % returns on the<br />

premium spent. Specifically, we recommend buying<br />

the 9875/9825 put spread, paying around 12 ticks. At<br />

or below 98.25, the maximum payout is 4.2:1 for this<br />

trade. For comparison, an outright 9875 put would<br />

have a 2.3:1 payout ratio at the same level. To reach<br />

4.2:1 payout ratio with the single put, the June 2012<br />

should trade at 97.9 in June 2011, close to a 200bp<br />

spread over fed funds, which is clearly a higher<br />

hurdle to clear.<br />

Bulent Baygun 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

33<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


US: Setup for Auctions with Spread Curve Flatteners<br />

• In general, 2y Tsy tends to cheapen relative<br />

to the long end going into the auction and<br />

reverse direction post auction (2s10s, 2s30s<br />

flatteners followed by steepeners).<br />

• 5y and 7y notes have a tendency to move<br />

almost in line with the long end going into the<br />

auctions and to richen relative to the long end<br />

post auctions (5s10s, 5s30s steepeners).<br />

• There is a clear trend of belly spread<br />

widening relative to the front end and long end<br />

spreads throughout the auction.<br />

• STRATEGY: Consider paying 5y spreads vs<br />

10y spreads. Also consider paying 5y spreads<br />

vs 2y and 10y spreads for a higher average<br />

move which comes with higher volatility.<br />

With 2y, 5y and 7y auctions taking place next week,<br />

we highlight auction-based systematic trades which<br />

we have been recommending in the past issues of<br />

our weekly publication.<br />

While doing this analysis, we look at auctions since<br />

Jan 2010 (total of 12 auctions) and keep the issues<br />

fixed through each auction (i.e. always use the<br />

current issue pre auction which becomes old<br />

post auction) so that there is no spurious roll<br />

effect.<br />

Outright treasury curve behaviour around<br />

auctions<br />

Chart 1 shows that, while the front end cheapens<br />

relative to the long end going into the auctions, the<br />

belly moves more or less along with the long end.<br />

Post auctions, while both the front end and belly<br />

richen relative to the long end, a more pronounced<br />

steepening effect is seen in 5s10s and 5s30s Tsy<br />

curve.<br />

Chart 1: Treasury Yield Trends Around 2y, 5y<br />

and 7y Auction days<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

(1)<br />

(2)<br />

(3)<br />

2s10s<br />

2s30s<br />

5s10s<br />

5s30s<br />

7s10s<br />

7s30s<br />

T-5 T-3 T-1 T T+1 T+3 T+5<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: Spread-of-Spreads Trends Around 2y,<br />

5y and 7y Auction Days<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

(1)<br />

(2)<br />

(3)<br />

(4)<br />

T-5 T-3 T-1 T T+1 T+3 T+5<br />

2s10s<br />

2s30s<br />

5s10s<br />

5s30s<br />

7s10s<br />

7s30s<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 3: Comparison of 5s10s Spread Flattener<br />

with 2s5s10s Spread Fly<br />

10<br />

8<br />

5s10s<br />

2s5s10s<br />

Table 1 (at the end of this article) helps us put some<br />

numbers in perspective for the above-mentioned<br />

curve trades. 5s10s Tsy curve steepener has turned<br />

in a profit 10 times in the past 12 auctions. The<br />

average movement in favour of this strategy has<br />

been about 5.2bp with a volatility of 3.8bp.<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Sharpe Ratio<br />

for 5s10s:<br />

1.82<br />

Sharpe Ratio<br />

for 2s5s10s:<br />

1.64<br />

Disclosure: Given our existing structural Tsy 5s10s<br />

flattening view initiated at 138.5, now at 139.5, we<br />

will choose not to put on a tactical steepener but may<br />

use any potential steepening as an opportunity to<br />

increase our flattening position.<br />

0<br />

Jan<br />

Feb<br />

Mar<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Apr<br />

May<br />

June<br />

July<br />

Aug<br />

Sept<br />

Oct<br />

Nov<br />

Dec<br />

Rohit Garg 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

34<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Trades with higher hit ratio and Sharpe ratio in<br />

swap spreads<br />

The swap spread curve witnesses a consistent<br />

flattening trend around these month-end auction<br />

cycles. Chart 2 shows a clear trend of spread curve<br />

flattening going into the auction across all maturities.<br />

This spread-flattening trend becomes more<br />

pronounced post auction, especially in 5s10s.<br />

Based on the rankings (in Table 1, which takes into<br />

account average move, volatility and hit ratio), 5s10s<br />

spread curve flattener post 5y auction emerges as a<br />

clear winner. However, another strategy with a higher<br />

average movement at the expense of higher volatility<br />

is the 2-5-10 spread fly (go long 5y spreads vs 2y<br />

and 10y spreads) which has also worked 12 times in<br />

last 12 auctions (see Chart 3).<br />

One other important take-away from this chart is that<br />

on occasions when the spread curve flattener hasn’t<br />

worked well, the spread fly has worked very well and<br />

vice versa. Hence, it might be beneficial to take<br />

positions in both these trades simultaneously to<br />

increase the chances of net profit margin in terms of<br />

risk taken.<br />

Table 1: Auction Trades with Hit Ratios Adjusted for Vol and Hit Ratio (T – respective auction day)<br />

Average<br />

Move (in bp)<br />

Overall<br />

Rating<br />

When did it not work<br />

Entry Exit Hit Ratio<br />

Vol (in bp)<br />

2y Auction<br />

2s3s Tsy Flattener T+1 T+5 9/12 2.47 3.07 0.60 March/May/Nov<br />

2s5s Tsy Flattener T-1 T+5 9/12 4.70 7.14 0.49 March/May/Dec<br />

2s10s Tsy Flattener T-5 T 10/12 5.47 9.3 0.49 July/Oct<br />

2s30s Tsy Flattener T-5 T 9/12 7.03 8.74 0.60 Jan/July/Oct<br />

2s5s10s Tsy Fly trading lower T+1 T+5 11/12 7.41 7.19 0.94 Nov<br />

2s5s30s Tsy Fly trading lower T+1 T+5 11/12 7.77 10.5 0.68 Nov<br />

2s3s Spd Flattener T-5 T+1 9/12 1.17 2.4 0.37 July/Oct/Dec<br />

2s10s Spd Flattener T-3 T+5 10/12 3.66 5.4 0.56 Sept/Oct<br />

2s30s Spd Flattener T-3 T+5 10/12 3.76 7.5 0.42 Oct<br />

2s5s10s Spd Fly trading higher T+1 T+5 12/12 4.40 2.7 1.63<br />

2s5s30s Spd fly trading higher T+1 T+5 11/12 3.95 3.4 1.06 Nov<br />

5y Auction<br />

5s10s Tsy Steepener T T+5 10/12 5.19 3.82 1.13 June/Nov<br />

5s30s Tsy Steepener T T+5 11/12 6.99 8.3 0.77 Nov<br />

3s5s7s Tsy Fly trading lower T-3 T+5 9/12 3.68 3.67 0.75 March/May/Nov<br />

3s5s10s Tsy Fly trading lower T-3 T+5 11/12 6.87 6.12 1.03 Nov<br />

3s5s30s Tsy Fly trading lower T-3 T+5 11/12 9.41 10 0.86 Nov<br />

5s10s Spd Flattener T T+5 12/12 3.24 1.78 1.82<br />

5s30s Spd Flattener T T+5 11/12 2.95 2.66 1.02 Dec<br />

3s5s7s Spd Fly trading higher T-3 T+5 11/12 2.46 1.97 1.15 March<br />

3s5s10s Spd Fly trading higher T-3 T+5 11/12 4.91 2.74 1.64 Nov<br />

3s5s30s Spd Fly trading higher T-3 T+5 10/12 5.34 4.74 0.94 Nov/Dec<br />

5s10s30s Spd Fly trading lower T T+5 11/12 3.04 2.53 1.10 Sept<br />

7y Auction<br />

2s7s Tsy Flattener T-3 T+5 7/12 3.70 11.64 0.19 March/May/Aug/Nov/Dec<br />

7s10s Tsy Steepener T-3 T+5 10/12 2.39 3.25 0.61 June/Nov<br />

7s30s Tsy Steepener T-3 T+5 8/12 4.65 11.53 0.27 March/April/June/Nov<br />

3s7s10s Tsy Fly trading lower T-3 T+5 7/12 3.11 8.79 0.21 March/May/Aug/Nov/Dec<br />

3s7s30s Tsy Fly trading lower T-3 T+5 7/12 5.38 16.12 0.19 March/April/May/Nov/Dec<br />

7s10s Spd Flattener T-5 T+3 11/12 1.82 1.51 1.10 Nov<br />

7s30s Spd Flattener T-5 T+3 9/12 1.94 4.76 0.31 Oct/Nov/Dec<br />

3s7s10s Spd fly trading higher T-3 T 9/12 1.60 3.82 0.31 March/June/Nov<br />

3s7s30s Spd fly trading higher T-3 T 9/12 2.14 4 0.40 March/June/Nov<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Rohit Garg 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

35<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


MBS: Stay Long<br />

• We recommend staying long the mortgage<br />

basis. Valuations remain reasonable and the<br />

carry in back months is attractive, fully<br />

reflecting the slowdown in speeds.<br />

• In a rally, servicer convexity costs keep<br />

primary rates in check and in a sell-off<br />

incremental extension is low. If rates remain<br />

range bound as we expect, the curve hedged<br />

carry (adding back convexity costs) remains<br />

formidable in this low yield environment.<br />

• We continue to like going up in coupon into<br />

5s through 6s due to the attractive carry.<br />

15s/30s appear to be on the richer side.<br />

• Investors considering front sequentials off<br />

CK collateral may also find value in similar<br />

bonds off FG collateral, given that FG 4.5s are<br />

trading 9 ticks below parity while CKs 4 ticks.<br />

• STRATEGY: Long MBS, Long UIC.<br />

The poor performance of mortgages on Tuesday was<br />

partially erased on Wednesday and, week over<br />

week, mortgages were tighter by 4-8 ticks depending<br />

on the coupon. We continue to remain overweight on<br />

the mortgage basis. As shown in Chart 1, the<br />

regression of the current coupon versus rates, curve<br />

and vol (to capture market rather than model<br />

sensitivities to these factors) indicates that<br />

mortgages are marginally cheap. However, we would<br />

argue that, considering the low rate environment we<br />

are in and the need for spread, the regression does<br />

not reflect the overall attractiveness of the product.<br />

Chart 1: Regression of Current Coupon versus<br />

<strong>Rate</strong>s, Curve and Vol<br />

bp<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

-<br />

(5)<br />

(10)<br />

(15)<br />

(20)<br />

Jan-10<br />

Feb-10<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Bloomberg<br />

Curr Cpn Rich Cheap<br />

Mar-10<br />

Apr-10<br />

May-10<br />

Jun-10<br />

Jul-10<br />

Aug-10<br />

Sep-10<br />

Oct-10<br />

Cheap<br />

Chart 2: Mortgage Carry in Ticks<br />

Curve and Convexity<br />

Hedged Carry<br />

Rich<br />

Nov-10<br />

Dec-10<br />

Jan-11<br />

Curve Hedged Carry<br />

Cpn 1M 2M<br />

Back Month<br />

(2M-1M) 1M 2M<br />

Back Month<br />

(2M-1M)<br />

3.5 -1.6 -2.4 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 0.0<br />

4 -1.3 -1.8 -0.5 1.0 2.8 1.8<br />

4.5 -1.1 -1.0 0.1 3.0 7.3 4.3<br />

5 -0.2 1.4 1.6 3.3 8.6 5.3<br />

5.5 0.3 2.4 2.1 2.2 6.3 4.0<br />

6 0.8 3.9 3.1 2.3 6.9 4.7<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Yield Book<br />

Chart 3: S-Curve of the Refi Index (Refi Index<br />

versus Freddie Mac Survey <strong>Rate</strong>)<br />

5500<br />

For example, consider the carry of mortgages on a 1<br />

month and 2 month basis, both considerably<br />

negative for lower coupons. But the carry of<br />

mortgages is quite attractive in the back month, as<br />

the impact of low prepays is fully reflected.<br />

Convexity concerns in a sell-off are likely to be<br />

muted. As we have discussed previously, when the<br />

10y Treasury went beyond the 3.50% level, the bulk<br />

of the convexity flows were done. We have rallied<br />

somewhat since then but prepays haven’t picked up<br />

materially as reflected in the refi index since primary<br />

rates haven’t budged to levels where borrowers care.<br />

This may be due to increased convexity hedging<br />

costs of servicers in a rally that keeps primary rates<br />

in check. Thus with mortgage rates sticky in a rally<br />

and relatively low extension in a sell-off, mortgages<br />

are poised to do well in rate moves. If rates remain<br />

5.4<br />

5.2<br />

Source: Bloomberg<br />

5<br />

4.8<br />

4.6<br />

4.4<br />

4.2<br />

5000<br />

4500<br />

4000<br />

3500<br />

3000<br />

2500<br />

2000<br />

1500<br />

4<br />

Anish Lohokare / Timi Ajibola 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

36<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


ange bound, as we expect, given that the curve<br />

hedged carry (without hedging convexity) is quite<br />

attractive helps.<br />

Also consider the refi index, currently hovering<br />

around the 2000-2500 level. Chart 3 shows that the<br />

refi index level in a sell-off is likely to remain sticky,<br />

akin to the prepay S-curve flattening out at the lower<br />

end of prepays. Historical data indicate that the refi<br />

index has not fallen below 1000 and the lows were<br />

reached in the later part of 2008, as mortgages rates<br />

soared beyond 6% even breaching 6.50% for some<br />

time (Chart 4). With a 4.7-5% handle on primary<br />

mortgage rates, we are substantially away from<br />

those levels. Thus the precipitous drop from 5000+ to<br />

2000+ levels in response to the sell-off until now<br />

cannot be sustained; further declines should be more<br />

gradual and this is yet another way of confirming the<br />

benign convexity picture.<br />

As is clear from the carry by coupon in Chart 2, up in<br />

coupon remains an attractive trade. 15s/30s appear<br />

to be on the richer side, and may see a correction.<br />

CMOs<br />

We have seen demand for front sequentials backed<br />

by new production (0 to 3 WALA) CK 4.5s as<br />

investors look to put money to work in the new year.<br />

While structures off CK collateral continue to look<br />

attractive due to the cheapness of the collateral<br />

around 23 ticks back to TBA, we think structures off<br />

Gold 4.5s also offer value. The Gold/FN 4.5 swap<br />

remains cheap at around -6 ticks; equal OAS<br />

valuation in Yield Book points to a swap level of +3<br />

ticks, overall a 9 tick pickup. On an equal OAS basis,<br />

CKs should trade 19 ticks back of TBA and current<br />

valuations represent a 4 tick pickup.<br />

Chart 5 shows analytics for FG 4.5s versus CK 4.5; it<br />

reflects similar OASs for both collateral, with Gold<br />

4.5s having a shorter duration but higher convexity.<br />

While models may show a higher convexity number<br />

per se, the s-curve over the past two years for CK<br />

4.5s and Gold 4.5s in Chart 6 demonstrate that Gold<br />

4.5s clearly have a better convexity profile. The<br />

WALA ramp in Chart 7 reflects the same tendency.<br />

In Chart 8, we show analytics for two front<br />

sequentials, one backed by Gold 4.5s and the other<br />

backed by new WALA CK 4.5s. It shows that the<br />

Gold 4.5 sequential looks cheaper on an OAS basis<br />

with a better convexity profile and a higher price.<br />

Thus the investor is more than compensated for the<br />

higher price through better convexity. In Chart 9 we<br />

show WAL and Yield table profiles of both front<br />

sequentials, which confirms that structure off gold<br />

4.5s has a better convexity profile. The structure off<br />

CK collateral currently has slower speeds than Gold<br />

4.5s. However the s-curve shows that CKs collateral<br />

Chart 4: The Refi Index Doesn’t Have All That<br />

Much To Fall and Should Do So Gradually<br />

7<br />

6.5<br />

6<br />

5.5<br />

5<br />

4.5<br />

4<br />

Jan-<br />

06<br />

Jul-<br />

06<br />

Jan-<br />

07<br />

Jul-<br />

07<br />

Jan-<br />

08<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Bloomberg<br />

Mortgage <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Jul-<br />

08<br />

Jan-<br />

09<br />

Jul-<br />

09<br />

Refi Index<br />

Jan-<br />

10<br />

Jul-<br />

10<br />

Chart 5: Analytics for FG versus CK 4.5s<br />

(Tuesday close, indicative only)<br />

0<br />

Jan-<br />

11<br />

OAS ZV OAD OAC<br />

FHLG 4.5 14 74 4.9 -2.6<br />

FNMA 4.5 CK 13 72 5.6 -2.2<br />

Source: Yield Book<br />

1m CPRs<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

Chart 6: S-Curve of CK versus FG 4.5s<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

1m CPRs<br />

Gold 4.5s<br />

FN 4.5 CKs<br />

-75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150<br />

Moneyness<br />

Chart 7: WALA Ramp of CK versus FG 4.5s<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

8000<br />

7000<br />

6000<br />

5000<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

1000<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Gold 4.5s<br />

FN 4.5 CKs<br />

WALA<br />

Anish Lohokare / Timi Ajibola 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

37<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


is much more responsive to rates at the same level<br />

of moneyness and the WALA ramp is also<br />

considerably steeper. We would expect speeds on<br />

new WALA CKs to surpass that of Gold 4.5s fairly<br />

soon at current rate levels.<br />

Chart 8: Front Sequential Analytics<br />

(Tuesday close, indicative only)<br />

Price OAS OAD OAC<br />

PRLM PB-1566 A 103-18+ -3 3.8 -3.0<br />

PRLM PB-1571 A 103-05 -15 3.1 -3.3<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Yield Book<br />

Chart 9: Front Sequential Analytics at <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Shocks (Tues close, indicative only)<br />

WAL -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300<br />

PRLM PB-1566 A 1.15 1.40 2.06 3.59 6.74 7.92 8.36<br />

PRLM PB-1571 A 0.98 1.08 1.54 2.40 7.22 8.32 8.72<br />

Yield -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300<br />

PRLM PB-1566 A 1.227 1.799 2.627 3.392 3.871 3.955 3.981<br />

PRLM PB-1571 A 0.961 1.287 2.219 3.014 3.960 4.024 4.044<br />

Source: Yield Book<br />

Anish Lohokare / Timi Ajibola 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

38<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EUR: Liquidity is No Stress<br />

• The reserve maintenance period started with<br />

a lower level of liquidity, fuelling concerns of<br />

potential tension on eonia.<br />

Chart 1: Excess Liquidity has Declined<br />

• However, with no stress on liquidity given<br />

the ECB’s pipeline for the next few months,<br />

tensions will remain limited. The eonia curve will<br />

resteepen over the next couple of weeks.<br />

• STRATEGY: Take advantage of a flattening<br />

correction on ERs to re-enter bear steepeners.<br />

Lower demand at the ECB…<br />

Demand at this week’s ECB tenders fell slightly short<br />

of levels expiring. The ECB allotted EUR 247.3bn<br />

while EUR 248.2bn were maturing. This was a little<br />

surprising as demand usually increases during the<br />

first week of the reserve maintenance period. Indeed,<br />

banks usually hold more than reserve requirements<br />

in their current accounts during the first part of the<br />

reserve period, in order to avoid the risk of running<br />

out of cash before the period ends. In such a context<br />

and given lower liquidity, there was the risk of<br />

tensions on eonia beyond the usual rise on the last<br />

day of the previous reserve period.<br />

…as long as the ECB pipeline remains open<br />

The lack of stress apparent in banks’ demand at ECB<br />

tenders can be explained by the fact that near term,<br />

i.e. at least until April, the ECB will continue to<br />

provide liquidity on request without any cap. There is<br />

therefore no hurry to ask for a large excess of<br />

liquidity. In addition, it seems that banks adjusted<br />

their level of excess reserves at the start of the new<br />

reserve period. They currently hold EUR 222bn in<br />

their current accounts (EUR 9.7bn above<br />

requirements), while excess reserves are usually<br />

closer to EUR 40-50bn at the start of the period.<br />

Moreover, while demand at the MRO fell, demand at<br />

the LTRO (3 weeks) rose. This will prevent stress<br />

from developing.<br />

A gradual resteepening at the front end<br />

Beyond the first couple of days at the start of the<br />

period, it makes sense that eonia should decline.<br />

This will go along with a steeper spot eonia curve.<br />

Steepening pressures will also resume on the ER<br />

curve. After last week’s ECB press conference, the<br />

ER1-ER steepened 15bp under selling pressures.<br />

From a peak of 75bp, the spread tightened back to<br />

72.5bp. Over the next few days, the potential for a<br />

bull-flattening correction on ERs will fade. The<br />

regime at the front end has changed. For sure, the<br />

ECB did not want to flag up the risk of a rate hike<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: Excess Reserves Lower<br />

over the next few months. But the ECB is gradually<br />

reassessing risks. Last year, bear-steepening<br />

movements at the front end offered bull-flattening<br />

trade opportunities. This year, the opposite is true.<br />

The current movement on the Euribor curve is<br />

temporary. A flattening below 70bp along with an<br />

ERH2 close to 98.25 offers an opportunity to re-enter<br />

bear steepeners. It is worth noting that, over the long<br />

run, the average spread between the refi and the<br />

3mth Euribor is 15-20bp in a status quo, rises to<br />

35bp ahead of a rate hike cycle and is close to 50bp<br />

when the rate hike process starts. As long as the<br />

market discounts a rate hike by early 2012, the<br />

Mar12 implied rate must be at least 1.75%.<br />

<strong>Strategy</strong>: Beyond a near-term correction, there is no<br />

scope for a bullish bias on ERs. Benefit from a bullflattening<br />

correction to re-enter bear steepeners.<br />

Patrick Jacq 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

39<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EUR: Bund ASW Risk/Reward Analysis<br />

• We combine swap spreads’ single-factor<br />

sensitivity into a scenario matrix.<br />

• STRATEGY: Buy Bund 10Y ASW at 22bp,<br />

target 35bp, based on risk/reward analysis.<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

Chart 1: Impact of Fiscal Variables<br />

Germany federal govt budget (EUR bn)<br />

Bund 10Y swap spread (RHS)<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

We aggregate the single drivers of Bund swap<br />

spreads into a scenario matrix. The idea is to provide<br />

scenario projections and thus minimum/maximum<br />

boundaries for spreads. We can then derive a<br />

strategy based on risk/reward arguments.<br />

We look at the following factors:<br />

• Fiscal variables (German budget);<br />

• ECB expectations (Eonia forwards);<br />

• Yield curve (EUR 2/10s);<br />

• Liquidity (OIS/Bor spreads);<br />

• Credit variables (iTraxx and SovX); and<br />

• Global variables (Tsy swap spread and Vix).<br />

Estimating swap spread sensitivity is not a trivial<br />

exercise, especially during the transition from a precrisis<br />

to a crisis environment. Nonetheless, we report<br />

the aggregate impact of two distinct scenarios (“risk<br />

on” versus “risk off”) on the Bund swap spread in the<br />

table below. Note how the risk/reward is tilted<br />

towards a spread widening strategy.<br />

-20<br />

0.40<br />

-25<br />

-30<br />

0.30<br />

-35<br />

0.20<br />

-40<br />

<strong>BNP</strong><br />

-45<br />

Paribas 0.10<br />

f<br />

-50<br />

0.00<br />

1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Chart 2: Impact of Liquidity<br />

OIS/BOR<br />

Bund 10Y z-spread (RHS)<br />

0<br />

10<br />

Jan-07 Aug-07 Mar-08 Oct-08 May-09 Dec-09 Jul-10 Feb-11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

-90<br />

-80<br />

-70<br />

-60<br />

-50<br />

-40<br />

-30<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

Trade: Buy Bund 10Y ASW at 22bp, target 35bp.<br />

Bund 10Y Swap Spread Scenario Analysis<br />

Bund 10Y ASW 22<br />

Protracted Risk Scenario Variable Current Level E2011 level Change Weight Impact on ASW<br />

Government Budget (%) -3.5 -5 -2 0.125 7<br />

<strong>Rate</strong> expectations (bp) 0.793 0.5 -0.3 0.125 16<br />

EUR 2/10s yield curve (bp) 153 200 47 0.125 10<br />

EUR OIS/BOR (bp) 34 50 16 0.125 38<br />

VIX (% pts) 17 30 13 0.125 38<br />

EUR iTraxx Master 10Y (bp) 120 150 30 0.125 44<br />

SovX 5Y 190 250 60 0.125 45<br />

US TSY 10Y ASW 7 30 23 0.125 36<br />

Bund 10Y ASW projection 29<br />

Risk Normalisation Scenario Current Level E2011 level Change Weight Impact on ASW<br />

Government Budget (%) -3.5 -1.5 2 0.125 42<br />

<strong>Rate</strong> expectations (bp) 0.793 1.1 0.307 0.125 28<br />

EUR 2/10s yield curve (bp) 153 100 -53 0.125 35<br />

EUR OIS/BOR (bp) 34 20 -14 0.125 8<br />

VIX (% pts) 17 10 -7 0.125 13<br />

EUR iTraxx Master 10Y (bp) 120 100 -20 0.125 6<br />

SovX 5Y 190 150 -40 0.125 5<br />

US TSY 10Y ASW 7 0 -7 0.125 18<br />

Bund 10Y ASW projection 19<br />

Alessandro Tentori 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

40<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EMU Debt Monitor: Trade Ideas<br />

• Keep BTP Sep 20/Sep 40 flatteners.<br />

• Close 10y/20y/30y swap rec around 50bp.<br />

• Sell BTP Feb 37 vs. BTP Sep 40.<br />

• Buy Bund July 20 vs. July 39 in mid 40s.<br />

• Sell Bono July 40 vs. BTP Sep 40 below 40.<br />

Chart 1: 2020/2040 BTP, Bono, Bund Spreads<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

We focus this week on the very long end of cash<br />

curves and their potential RV opportunities.<br />

On the 10y/30y segment and its convexity, we have<br />

pushed two key trades over the past month. On the<br />

convexity side, we recommended receiving<br />

10y/20y/30y swap fly in the 60/62 area in late<br />

November, targeting the 48/50bp level. The swap fly<br />

is now close to our target. On the curve itself, we<br />

stressed last week that 10y/30y flatteners were the<br />

most attractive on the BTP curve given box levels vs.<br />

other cash curves. We entered Sep 20/Sep 40<br />

flatteners at 85.5bp last Thursday, targeting 70bp<br />

then 60bp in Q1 2011.<br />

10y/30y flatteners supported by the shift in ECB’s<br />

policy expectations<br />

The main advantage of 10y/30y flatteners –<br />

especially on peripherals – is the optionality linked to<br />

a kind of a panic flattening/inversion such as that<br />

seen on the Greek curve and its sensitivity to a repricing<br />

of ECB rate hike expectations, especially after<br />

last week’s ECB press conference. More precisely, if<br />

the past is any guide, a resteepening of the Euribor<br />

front/red segment on a shift of market participants<br />

regarding future policy will have a flattening impact<br />

on the curve. Table 1 summarises the sensitivity of<br />

the main core and non-core 10y/30y segments<br />

(Bund, OAT, Dsl, ATS, Olo, BTP and Bono) to the<br />

money market curve, gauged with the 3 rd /7 th generic<br />

Euribor spread. The highest correlation is obtained<br />

for the OAT and BTP segments (above 55%) while<br />

Olos and especially BTP segments have the highest<br />

beta, with 10bp Euribor spread steepening leading to<br />

2bp and 2.7bp flattening respectively. Taking into<br />

account the relationship between the cash segment<br />

and the Euribor curve, the Bund with DSLs and Bono<br />

segments are the ones that seem too flat. Chart 2<br />

exhibits the residual of the regression of the Bund<br />

July 20/Bund July 40 vs. the money market curve<br />

while Chart 3 plots the DSL/OAT 10y/30y box. Both<br />

highlight the expensiveness of 30y Bunds and 2042<br />

DSL. Recurrent pension fund buying of 30y Bunds<br />

50<br />

40<br />

Apr-10 Jul-10 Oct-10 Jan-11<br />

Sep 20/ Sep 40 BTP spd Apr 2020/Jul 40 Bono spd Jul 2020/Jul 40 Bund spd<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Table 1: Cash 20/40 Spreads vs. 10y/30y Swap<br />

& Euribor Curve: BTP has Highest Sensitivity<br />

Jul 2020/Jul 40 Bund spd Oct 2019/Avr 41 OAT spd DSL July 19/Jan 37 ATS July 20/Mar 37<br />

Correl Eur 10y/30y 78.6% -10.3% 34.7% 84.7%<br />

Beta 0.80 0.42 0.82<br />

Alpha 44.12 44.49 26.62<br />

Correl Eur 3/7 -16.0% -55.9% -25.4% 33.4%<br />

Beta -0.10 -0.12 -0.09 0.16<br />

Alpha 72.10 77.56 65.71 35.71<br />

Olo Sep 20/Mar 41 Sep 20/ Sep 40 BTP spd Jul 2019/Jul 40 Bono spd<br />

Correl Eur 10y/30y 80.1% 32.3% 37.3%<br />

Beta 1.39 0.30 0.61<br />

Alpha<br />

Correl Eur 3/7 -21.7% -59.5% -33.8%<br />

Beta -0.20 -0.27 -0.19<br />

Alpha 71.85 104.15 91.66<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: 10y/30y Bund vs. Euribor curve: Bund<br />

Curve Too Flat<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

Apr-10 Jul-10 Oct-10 Jan-11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Jan 2020/Jul 40 Bund spd<br />

Eric Oynoyan / Ioannis Sokos 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

41<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


and DSLs maturities, which are now above 3.50%,<br />

could explain that temporary richening. On Bonos,<br />

the richening of the 30y is actually a higher premium<br />

over 10y Bonos, which pushed the 10y/30y<br />

Bono/Bund box to low levels (see Chart 4). However,<br />

the GGB 10y/30y inversion since April 2010 does not<br />

give any incentive to jump into 2020/2040 Bono<br />

steepeners.<br />

Recommended trades<br />

Bund July 20 / July 39 spread steepeners<br />

As stressed earlier, the Bund segment has<br />

overreacted to the shift in ECB expectations since<br />

October and appears more than 10bp too flat. Use<br />

any pullback to 44/46bp to enter steepeners,<br />

targeting the 55/58bp area. For HF, the safest trade<br />

would be to remove the money curve component<br />

through Euribor U1U2 steepeners (Euribor DV01 15k<br />

vs. 100k Bund steepeners). 1-mth profit of carry:<br />

1.1bp per month.<br />

10y/20y/30y swap fly receivers<br />

After a period of stabilisation in the low 60s, the 20y<br />

swap has finally recovered, allowing the swap fly to<br />

move towards the low 50s. Book profits on our<br />

48/50bp target.<br />

Sell BTP Feb 37 vs. BTP Sep 40<br />

As Chart 5 illustrates, this spread has dramatically<br />

decoupled from the 10y/30y BTP flattening since late<br />

November. With the 2037/40 spread almost back at<br />

2010 highs while the 2020/40 BTP spread has<br />

flattened 25bp, holders of BTP Feb 37 should take<br />

advantage of the current high spread level to switch<br />

into BTP Sep 40. The spread of around 15.5bp<br />

should tighten back to October lows around<br />

9/10bp.<br />

Sell Bono July 40 vs. BTP Sep 40<br />

After a 35bp compression since late December, the<br />

30y BTP/Bono spread has stabilised in a tight<br />

40/50bp trading range. Using the conditional<br />

distribution approach, any tightening to the mid 30s<br />

would provide very good entry levels, targeting<br />

December’s mid-60s (peak of Q4 2010 regime).<br />

Enter widening trades on a compression to the<br />

35/40bp area, targeting the mid 60s.<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Chart 3: 10y/30y OAT/DSL Box: 30y DSL Too<br />

Expensive<br />

5<br />

OAT Apr 20 / DSL 42<br />

expensive<br />

OAT Apr 20/DSL<br />

42 cheap<br />

0<br />

May-10 Aug-10 Nov-10 Feb-11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

DSL July 20/OAT Apr 20/Jan 42/OAT Apr 41<br />

Chart 4: 2020/40 Cash Boxes vs. Bund: Bono<br />

Back at its Lows while BTP One is the Highest<br />

45<br />

35<br />

25<br />

15<br />

5<br />

-5<br />

-15<br />

-25<br />

Apr-10 Jun-10 Aug-10 Oct-10 Dec-10<br />

2020/40 OAT/Bund 2020/40 ATS/Bund 2020/40 olo/Bund<br />

2020/40 BTP/Bund 2020/40 Bono/Bund<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 5: 10y/30y BTP & 2037/2040 BTP Spreads<br />

1.1<br />

1.05<br />

1<br />

0.95<br />

0.9<br />

0.85<br />

0.8<br />

0.75<br />

0.7<br />

0.65<br />

0.6<br />

Apr-10 May-10 Jun-10 Jul-10 Aug-10 Sep-10 Oct-10 Dec-10 Jan-11 Feb-11<br />

BTPS 5.00 01/09/40 / BTPS 4.00 01/09/20<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

BTPS 5.00 01/09/40 / BTPS 4 1/2/37 (R.H.S)<br />

Chart 6: 2040 BTP/Bono Distribution<br />

Conditional on 2020 Spread: Selling Area<br />

around 35/40bp<br />

0.18<br />

0.17<br />

0.16<br />

0.15<br />

0.14<br />

0.13<br />

0.12<br />

0.11<br />

0.1<br />

4.5<br />

4<br />

3.5<br />

December regime<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

Selling<br />

area<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Eric Oynoyan / Ioannis Sokos 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

42<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EMU Debt Monitor: CDS Analysis<br />

Chart 1: Non-core basis diff vs. Gy: 1-week richening<br />

Chart 2: 2y CDS basis diff vs. Germany: ATS expensive<br />

80<br />

5Y CDS basis<br />

30<br />

2Y CDS basis<br />

60<br />

40<br />

cash cheap vs CDS<br />

20<br />

cash cheap vs CDS<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

-20<br />

0<br />

-40<br />

-60<br />

-10<br />

-80<br />

-100<br />

-120<br />

cash expensive vs CDS<br />

Jul-10 Aug-10 Sep-10 Sep-10 Oct-10 Nov-10 Nov-10 Dec-10 Jan-11<br />

BEL SPA ITA POR<br />

Among non-core, the cheapness of 5y BTPs and to some<br />

extent Bonos vs. CDS has changed little. Both 6-month<br />

rolling z scores are over 2.00. As stressed last week, 5y<br />

BTPs were trading too cheap within the BTP curve and also<br />

vs. CDS. Although Italian CDS and BTP spread declined<br />

30bp in a week, 5y BTPs are still too cheap vs. 2y and 10y<br />

BTPs (see Chart 3). We expect 5y BTP to recover vs. CDS<br />

in coming weeks but this time with wider spreads (see Trade<br />

Ideas section).<br />

-20<br />

cash expensive vs CDS<br />

-30<br />

Jul-10 Aug-10 Sep-10 Sep-10 Oct-10 Nov-10 Nov-10 Dec-10 Jan-11<br />

FRA FIN AUS NETH<br />

Among core, while the Belgium/France 5y CDS is back at<br />

the cash level, French paper continues to trade with a high<br />

premium to DSLs compared to the CDS differential, even<br />

though that premium narrowed on a lower French CDS. The<br />

reduction of that premium can be played on the cash through<br />

wider BTAN/DSL spreads on July 14. Regarding Austria, 2y<br />

cash vs. France is now far too rich compared to the flat CDS<br />

(see chart above and Chart 8).<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

CDS Table & Stats<br />

5y FIN NETH FRA AUS BEL ITA SPA POR IRE GRE<br />

CDS 37 53 97 97 190 190 280 465 625 890<br />

cash -36 -35 -18 -12 74 96 173 308 457 714<br />

Basis 73.6 88.8 115.6 109.3 116.4 93.6 106.9 156.9 167.6 175.8<br />

Box vs Gy 34.3 19.2 -7.7 -1.3 -8.5 14.3 1.0 -48.9 -59.7 -67.8<br />

Average 26.8 11.9 -11.1 -2.9 -16.4 -21.8 -25.0 -34.1 -16.5 -75.8<br />

Max 42.4 20.0 0.9 15.8 4.3 14.4 2.4 36.1 50.6 3.9<br />

Min 15.7 5.0 -24.2 -23.3 -45.4 -59.8 -52.5 -117.7 -93.1 -165.2<br />

Z score** 1.14 2.05 0.70 0.25 0.72 2.44 2.30 -0.35 -1.13 0.20<br />

Current CDS vs Germany Change to 31/12/2009 Change to 30/6<br />

2y 5y 10y 2y 5y 10y 2y 5y 10y<br />

FIN 24 37 48 24 35 46 34 20 20<br />

NETH 36 53 63 28 48 58 22 30 35<br />

FRA 71 97 113 66 93 108 23 45 60<br />

AUS 65 97 107 27 38 45 -9 -15 -17<br />

BEL 155 190 187 133 162 152 35 67 66<br />

ITA 135 190 190 89 116 111 -65 -26 -41<br />

SPA 232 280 278 178 188 181 -77 -43 -17<br />

POR 463 465 414 407 391 334 52 84 20<br />

IRE 670 625 560 552 488 423 287 199 117<br />

GRE 915 890 796 711 630 532 -253 -198 -252<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

** z score measures the deviation from 6-mth rolling average CDS/cash basis of the country versus Germany, expressed in numbers of standard deviations. A<br />

number above 1.50 means that the cash is trading historically cheap compared to its average basis level.<br />

Eric Oynoyan / Ioannis Sokos 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

43<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EMU Debt Monitor: Key RV Charts<br />

Chart 3: Hedged Dec 12/Nov 15/Mar 20 BTP fly<br />

Chart 4: 2020/2040 BTP/Bono box: normalisation started<br />

40<br />

Top on BTP/bund<br />

5<br />

30 BTP 5y cheap<br />

spread<br />

0<br />

BTP 2040 too expensive<br />

20<br />

Sharp BTP<br />

-5<br />

10<br />

rally<br />

vs Bunds<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

-25<br />

-20<br />

Active CBs<br />

purchase<br />

-30<br />

BTP 2040 too cheap<br />

-30<br />

-35<br />

BTP 5y rich<br />

Sharp BTP sell-off -40<br />

-40<br />

Jan-10<br />

May-09 Aug-09 Nov-09 Feb-10 May-10 Aug-10 Nov-10 Feb-11<br />

Mar-10 Jun-10 Sep-10 Nov-10<br />

Hedged Dec 12/Nov 15/Mar 20 BTP Fly<br />

2015 BTPs are trading again at very cheap levels on the<br />

BTP curve – a bit cheaper than June 2010 levels. We expect<br />

a rebound and recommend playing it through June 13/Nov<br />

15 BTP compression trades (see last week’s Trade Ideas<br />

section).<br />

Chart 5: 5y H1 ctd valuation: around 7bp too cheap<br />

Bono/BTP 2020/2040 box<br />

The normalisation has started with a 5bp box tightening. The<br />

latter remains 15bp from its average, however. We played<br />

the compression last week through Sep 20/Sep 40 BTP<br />

flatteners entered at 85.5, targeting 70bp then low 60s.<br />

Chart 6: 10y/30y DSL/OAT box: 2042 DSL too expensive<br />

30<br />

50<br />

Hedged Eur h11 CTD Fly<br />

OAT Apr 20 / DSL 42<br />

5y too cheap<br />

expensive<br />

40<br />

25<br />

30<br />

20<br />

20<br />

10<br />

15<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

10<br />

-20<br />

5y expensive<br />

OAT Apr 20/DSL<br />

5<br />

-30<br />

42 cheap<br />

-40<br />

Exotic desks hedging<br />

US QE 0<br />

-50<br />

May-10 Aug-10 Nov-10 Feb-11<br />

May-07 Dec-07 Jun-08 Jan-09 Jul-09 Feb-10 Aug-10 Mar-11<br />

DSL July 20/OAT Apr 20/Jan 42/OAT Apr 41<br />

The last sell-off following the ECB press conf led to a<br />

marginal cheapening of 5y ctd. Currently, 5y German H1 ctd<br />

is 7bp too cheap on the curve compared to only 3bp on<br />

swaps. Even though it is on the cheap side, it is far from<br />

April 2010 levels.<br />

Chart 7: CTZ Feb 12 too expensive on the CTZ curve<br />

Recurrent PF buying of 30y Bunds and DSLs has pushed<br />

the 10y/30y DSL/OAT box to extreme levels (i.e. DSL too<br />

expensive). We have the opposite situation at the short end.<br />

Keep July 14 DSL/BTAN widening trades.<br />

Chart 8: RFGB/ATS 2013, 15,17: ATS Oct 13 too expensive<br />

50<br />

-5<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Feb-10 Mar-10 Apr-10 Jun-10 Jul-10 Aug-10 Sep-10 Nov-10 Dec-10 Jan-11<br />

Sep 11/Feb 12 Feb 12/Aug 12 CTZ Feb 12/Apr 12 Apr 12/Aug 12<br />

CTZ Feb 12 outperformed both within the CTZ curve and<br />

within the CTZ/BKO box (the former is back at new lows).<br />

Holders of Feb 12 should either switch into Sep 11 or - for<br />

the most aggressive – into Aug 12, enjoying a 38/40bp pickup.<br />

-15<br />

-25<br />

-35<br />

-45<br />

-55<br />

Jan-10 Apr-10 Jul-10 Oct-10 Jan-11<br />

Fin July 13/ ATS Oct 13 Fin July 15/ ATS July 15 Fin Sep 17/ ATS Sep 17<br />

While RFGB/ATS tightened all along the curve, 2013<br />

spreads overshot, falling below March 2010 lows. Other<br />

maturities are 15/20bp above. Holders of ATS Oct 2013<br />

should switch back into other AAA such as OAT Oct 13,<br />

enjoying some pick-up.<br />

All Charts Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Eric Oynoyan / Ioannis Sokos 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

44<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EMU Debt Monitor: Redemptions<br />

• Only AAA countries face EGB redemptions in January: Germany EUR 23bn, France EUR 18bn, Netherlands EUR 14bn<br />

and Austria EUR 8bn.<br />

• T-bill redemptions will total EUR 99bn this month versus EUR 63bn of EGBs.<br />

EGBs Monthly Redemptions<br />

Bonds Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2011<br />

ITA 0.0 18.7 30.5 0.0 14.6 12.2 0.0 20.2 46.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 157.6<br />

FRA 17.8 0.0 0.0 18.4 0.0 0.0 29.3 0.0 13.8 15.7 0.0 0.0 95.0<br />

GER 23.3 0.0 15.0 19.0 0.0 15.0 24.0 0.0 16.0 17.0 0.0 18.0 147.3<br />

SPA 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 0.0 14.1 0.0 0.0 45.1<br />

GRE 0.0 0.0 8.7 1.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.8 29.4<br />

BEL 0.0 0.0 11.3 0.0 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 12.7 0.0 0.0 0.5 27.9<br />

NET 13.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.9<br />

AUS 8.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 8.4<br />

POR 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.5<br />

IRE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.5<br />

FIN 0.0 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.7<br />

Total 63 24 66 58 22 35 83 27 89 47 20 24 558<br />

T-Bills Monthly Redemptions<br />

Bonds Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2011<br />

ITA 0.0 18.7 30.5 0.0 14.6 12.2 0.0 20.2 46.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 157.6<br />

FRA 17.8 0.0 0.0 18.4 0.0 0.0 29.3 0.0 13.8 15.7 0.0 0.0 95.0<br />

GER 23.3 0.0 15.0 19.0 0.0 15.0 24.0 0.0 16.0 17.0 0.0 18.0 147.3<br />

SPA 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 0.0 14.1 0.0 0.0 45.1<br />

GRE 0.0 0.0 8.7 1.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.8 29.4<br />

BEL 0.0 0.0 11.3 0.0 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 12.7 0.0 0.0 0.5 27.9<br />

NET 13.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.9<br />

AUS 8.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 8.4<br />

POR 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.5<br />

IRE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.5<br />

FIN 0.0 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.7<br />

Total 63 24 66 58 22 35 83 27 89 47 20 24 558<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

Monthly EGBs Redemptions<br />

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

Monthly T-Bills Redemptions<br />

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec<br />

This month’s EGB redemptions<br />

This month’s T-Bill redemptions<br />

Country Bond Maturity Issued EURs (bn) CRNCY<br />

GERMANY DBR 5 1/4 01/04/11 04/01/2011 20/10/2000 23.25 EUR<br />

AUSTRIA RAGB 5 1/4 01/04/11 04/01/2011 16/01/2001 8.27 EUR<br />

GREECE GGB 2 01/11/11 11/01/2011 11/01/2002 0.02 EUR<br />

FRANCE BTNS 3 01/12/11 12/01/2011 24/01/2006 17.82 EUR<br />

NETHERLANDS NETHER 4 01/15/11 15/01/2011 11/01/2008 13.86 EUR<br />

Total 63.21<br />

Country T-Bill Maturity CRNCY EURs<br />

AUSTRIA RATB 0 01/13/11 13/01/2011 EUR 0.1<br />

BELGIUM BGTB 0 01/20/11 20/01/2011 EUR 5.5<br />

FINLAND RFTB 0 01/11/11 11/01/2011 EUR 1.9<br />

FINLAND RFTB 0 01/19/11 19/01/2011 USD 1.7<br />

FRANCE BTF 0 01/13/11 13/01/2011 EUR 8.8<br />

FRANCE BTF 0 01/27/11 27/01/2011 EUR 8.0<br />

FRANCE BTF 0 01/06/11 06/01/2011 EUR 8.1<br />

FRANCE BTF 0 01/20/11 20/01/2011 EUR 8.5<br />

GERMANY BUBILL 0 01/26/11 26/01/2011 EUR 6.0<br />

GERMANY BUBILL 0 01/12/11 12/01/2011 EUR 5.0<br />

GREECE GTB 0 01/14/11 14/01/2011 EUR 1.0<br />

GREECE GTB 0 01/14/11 14/01/2011 EUR 2.0<br />

GREECE GTB 0 01/21/11 21/01/2011 EUR 1.2<br />

IRELAND IRTB 0 01/14/11 14/01/2011 EUR 2.1<br />

ITALY BOTS 0 01/31/11 31/01/2011 EUR 9.9<br />

ITALY BOTS 0 01/14/11 14/01/2011 EUR 7.5<br />

NETHERLANDS DTB 0 01/31/11 31/01/2011 EUR 9.7<br />

PORTUGAL PORTB 0 01/21/11 21/01/2011 EUR 3.4<br />

SPAIN SGLT 0 01/21/11 21/01/2011 EUR 8.7<br />

Total 99.0<br />

All Charts Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Eric Oynoyan / Ioannis Sokos 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

45<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EMU Debt Monitor: SSA & Covered Bonds<br />

• The recent richening of OBND, the Austrian<br />

agency, in the 10y area seems overrated.<br />

• In this segment of the curve, Dutch agencies<br />

offer a better yield and positive rolldown.<br />

• STRATEGY: Sell OBND Oct 2020 / Buy BNG<br />

Sep 2020 or NEDWBK Jan 2021 (yield pickup:<br />

7bp and 9bp resp.).<br />

Supply out of European SSA is not slowing. Seven<br />

benchmarks have been issued so far this week.<br />

NRW.BANK and ICO each issued a new EUR 1bn<br />

benchmark while KFW, CADES, EIB and NIB<br />

launched new bonds denominated in USD (USD<br />

1.5bn, 2.5bn, 4.5bn and 1bn respectively). The<br />

inaugural EFSF transaction is expected to be<br />

launched by the end of the month. The new 5y EUR<br />

benchmark is likely to add EUR 3-5bn to the USD<br />

54bn (equivalent) European SSA issued so far this<br />

month. This will be a key event to watch.<br />

In the meantime, we highlight below an attractive RV<br />

trade amongst Dutch and Austrian agencies. Indeed,<br />

the gradual richening of the Austrian agency OeBB<br />

Infrastruktur, in the 10y area (OBND Oct 20), seems<br />

excessive at current levels. That is, compared to the<br />

neighbouring maturity bullets of the OBND curve, to<br />

underlying RAGB but also its compatriot agency,<br />

ASFINAG (Chart 1).<br />

It is even more interesting to compare OBND Oct 20<br />

to BNG and NEDWBK, the Dutch agencies. First of<br />

all, let’s recall that being exposed to Austria is<br />

perceived as riskier than being long the Netherlands,<br />

as priced by the CDS and government bond markets.<br />

Netherlands CDS 5y is trading close to Germany and<br />

is 36bp tighter than Austria; in govvies space, RAGB<br />

Jul 20 is 21bp wider than DSL Jul 20.<br />

OBND Oct 20 is currently richer than BNG Sep 20<br />

(ASW diff: +3bp) and NEDWBK Jan 21 (ASW diff:<br />

+5bp) (Charts 1 & 2). However, such relative levels<br />

are recent (Chart 2). We do not believe that the<br />

current positive ASW differentials can be long lived,<br />

especially as fundamentals support the opposite.<br />

One could of course question the relative levels<br />

amongst EGBs. However, there is no equivalent<br />

richening of ATs versus DSLs in the 10y area, none<br />

that could explain the richening of OBND versus<br />

Dutch agencies. Agencies’ spreads to underlying<br />

govvies play in favour of the Dutch agencies. Indeed,<br />

if the premium BNG has to offer versus DSLs has<br />

been rather stable over the past 6 months, it has<br />

widened over the past year (from 16bp early 2010 to<br />

34bp today) while OBND has richened versus ATs<br />

over the past 6 months (from 24bp to 10bp).<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

Chart 1: Dutch & Austrian Agencies’ Term<br />

Structures (ASW)<br />

ASW<br />

OBND Oct 20 looks rich<br />

-10<br />

ASFING OBND<br />

NEDWBK BNG<br />

-20<br />

0y 5y 10y 15y 20y<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: Agencies’ ASW Differentials<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

-2<br />

-4<br />

-6<br />

-8<br />

-10<br />

-12<br />

OBND Oct 20 vs BNG 3.875 04/11/19<br />

OBND Oct 20 vs BNG 2.625 01/09/20<br />

OBND Oct 20 vs NEDWBK 3.5 14/01/21<br />

-14<br />

Nov 09 Jan 10 Mar 10 May 10 Jul 10 Sep 10 Nov 10 Jan 11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 3: Spreads to Govvies Differentials<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

BOX 1: BNG/DSL 2020 vs OBND/AT 2020<br />

0<br />

BOX 2: BNG/DSL 2019 vs OBND/AT 2020<br />

-5<br />

BOX 3: NEDWBK/DSL 2021 vs OBND/AT 2020<br />

Nov 09 Jan 10 Mar 10 May 10 Jul 10 Sep 10 Nov 10 Jan 11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 3 depicts the effects of both the richening of<br />

OBND versus Dutch agencies and the widening of<br />

the relative agencies’ premiums to govvies, also in<br />

favour of BNG. With the exception of June 2010<br />

(when ATs jumped to extreme levels), we are<br />

currently in the upper range.<br />

Dutch agencies in the 10y area currently offer great<br />

value vs OBND Oct 20 and DSLs. Further, the<br />

rolldown is positive on BNG and NEDWBK while<br />

negative on OBND Oct 2020. Investors long OBND<br />

Oct 20 should switch into BNG Sep 20 or NEDWBK<br />

Jan 21.<br />

Camille de Courcel 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

46<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EUR: Buy 3m5y Straddle vs 3m10y Straddle<br />

• The 3m5y/3m10y implied volatility ratio is<br />

currently hovering around 0.97, having almost<br />

monotonically increased from around 0.86 in<br />

mid- December<br />

• We expect the implied ratio to increase<br />

further. Also, we expect gamma 5y options to<br />

deliver more volatility in the context of<br />

heightened concern over inflation.<br />

• STRATEGY: Buy 3m5y straddle vs 3m10y<br />

straddle.<br />

Table 1: Implied/Rls vs (3M)<br />

1y 2y 5y 7y 10y 20y 30y<br />

1m 147% 115% 115% 113% 112% 112% 111%<br />

3m 131% 119% 103% 112% 110% 111% 109%<br />

6m 115% 119% 107% 108% 107% 108% 105%<br />

1y 115% 115% 104% 104% 101% 100% 97%<br />

3m5y implied volatility is hovering around 85bp<br />

whereas 3m10y implied volatility is around 88bp.<br />

Indeed, the 3m5y/3m10y implied volatility ratio is<br />

hovering around 0.97, having almost monotonically<br />

increased from around 0.86 in mid-December<br />

In the meantime, 3m5y volatility is currently<br />

delivering more than 3m10y volatility over a threemonth<br />

horizon (Table 1). At the ECB’s January press<br />

conference, there was a hawkish shift in the<br />

assessment of inflation risk. After some dovish<br />

remarks by the ECB’s Orphanides, expectations<br />

have stabilised at one 25bp rate hike by year-end.<br />

However, the debate on inflation in the eurozone is<br />

gradually taking centre stage. At the current level of<br />

rates, the risk of the market pricing in a tighter<br />

monetary policy in the short term is significant, in our<br />

view. In fact, the latest hawkish comments by ECB<br />

Stark on Wednesday are telling. In his view, both “the<br />

global economy and the Euro region recovered faster<br />

than thought”, and it is “important that the emergency<br />

measures remain temporary”. Against this backdrop,<br />

we expect the 5y swap to deliver more volatility than<br />

the 10y going forward. Accordingly, we like long<br />

(dynamic) gamma positions on the 3m5y point vs the<br />

3m10y point.<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: 3m5y/3m10y Implied Vol Ratio vs Refi<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Jan-<br />

05<br />

Jul-<br />

05<br />

Refi<br />

Jan-<br />

06<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

EUR 3m5y/3m10y Implied Vol Ratio (RHS)<br />

Jul-<br />

06<br />

Jan-<br />

07<br />

Jul-<br />

07<br />

Jan-<br />

08<br />

From a vega risk perspective, a further increase in<br />

the 3m5y/10y ratio is consistent with a higher interest<br />

rate regime and/or monetary policy normalisation by<br />

the ECB (Chart 1).<br />

Table 2 shows our preferred trade construction for a<br />

long position in the 3m5y/3m10y swaption spread.<br />

Jul-<br />

08<br />

Jan-<br />

09<br />

Jul-<br />

09<br />

Jan-<br />

10<br />

Jul-<br />

10<br />

1.4<br />

1.3<br />

1.2<br />

1.1<br />

1.0<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

Jan-<br />

11<br />

Table 2: Trade Construction<br />

Notional<br />

Implied<br />

ATMF rate Premium PV PV01 Gamma Vega<br />

(EUR mn)<br />

Vol<br />

BE vol Theta/d Theta (EUR)<br />

Buy 3m5y Straddle 186 2.81 156 2,897,936 4,581 16,636 291,451 85 5.4 -1.2 -22,602<br />

Sell 3m10y Straddle -100 3.43 290 -2,898,583 -2,942 -15,581 -291,228 88 5.5 2.3 22,607<br />

-647 1,639 1,056 223 5<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Matteo Regesta 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

47<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


JGBs: Commodities – A Headwind<br />

• Inflation concerns will mount if the oil price<br />

rises above USD 100/bbl.<br />

• In December, the domestic CGPI rose<br />

1.2% y/y, its third consecutive monthly<br />

advance and its biggest gain since November<br />

2008. Following the rise in raw material prices,<br />

intermediate goods prices have started to<br />

move up.<br />

• It will be some time before final Japanese<br />

inflation moves into positive territory.<br />

However, price declines are drawing to a close;<br />

increases in raw material prices will tend to<br />

spread to other goods.<br />

• Investors will note the halt in price declines<br />

in H2 this year, which will prove to be a<br />

persistent headwind for the bond market.<br />

Higher oil price should lead to inflation concerns<br />

Amongst international commodity prices, investors<br />

should probably focus on crude oil. The WTI futures<br />

price has risen to USD 92/bbl for the first time since<br />

2008, breaking through the USD 90 level, a 50%<br />

retracement of the plunge in prices following the<br />

Lehman shock. In his congressional testimony on 7<br />

January, Fed chairman Bernanke noted that<br />

economic growth would be impeded should petrol<br />

prices rise excessively.<br />

US retail gasoline prices have risen above USD 3 per<br />

gallon for the first time since October 2008. Inflation<br />

worries rapidly took centre stage when the gasoline<br />

price rose above USD 4 in the summer of 2008,<br />

pushing the Fed chairman to pause temporarily in his<br />

drive to cut Fed funds rates. Inflation concerns will<br />

increasingly mount if the oil price rises above the<br />

USD 100 mark.<br />

Input costs for corporations are rising<br />

Investors should pay heed to the wide range of<br />

surging commodity prices that include not just oil but<br />

precious metals and grains. Price increases are not<br />

only the result of expectations of tighter demand<br />

conditions due to the bubble-like economic growth in<br />

emerging economies. Industrialised nations, the US<br />

in particular, are also responsible because of the<br />

asset substitution effect generated by their monetary<br />

easing and currency depreciation. In other words, it<br />

is probable that the surge in commodity prices will be<br />

both broad in range and prolonged in duration.<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

Chart 1: Japan’s Domestic CGPI (% y/y)<br />

Intermediate goods<br />

Final goods<br />

-15<br />

05 06 07 08 09 10 11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Raw materials<br />

(RHS)<br />

Will commodity price surges spread to final inflation?<br />

The December flash estimate of the corporate goods<br />

price index (CGPI) released by the BoJ on 14<br />

January showed that the domestic CGPI rose<br />

1.2% y/y, its third consecutive monthly advance and<br />

its biggest gain since November 2008. Following the<br />

rise in raw material prices, intermediate goods prices<br />

have started to move up. However, final goods prices<br />

continue to fall in year-on-year terms.<br />

Declining trend in CPI is drawing to a close<br />

Corporate pricing power is decidedly weak. This is<br />

particularly true for manufacturers, who face weak<br />

final demand and intense competition from abroad.<br />

That said, amongst commodities, even grain prices<br />

are advancing. These increases are the result of 1)<br />

growing demand in emerging economies, such as<br />

China, and 2) supply constraints caused by a series<br />

of unseasonable weather events, including droughts<br />

in Russia/Latin America and floods in Australia.<br />

Investors should note that higher raw material input<br />

costs for food easily translate into higher final goods<br />

prices.<br />

The base year for the Japanese CPI will be changed<br />

this August. We expect this to result in approximately<br />

a 0.5pp downward revision to the year-on-year<br />

change in the core CPI. In other words, it will be<br />

some time before final Japanese inflation moves into<br />

positive territory. That said, price declines are<br />

drawing to a close; increases in raw material prices<br />

will tend to spread to other goods. Investors will note<br />

the halt in price declines in H2 this year, which will<br />

prove to be a persistent headwind for the bond<br />

market.<br />

60<br />

45<br />

30<br />

15<br />

0<br />

-15<br />

-30<br />

-45<br />

Koji Shimamoto 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

48<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Global Inflation Watch<br />

Eurozone HICP: Upward Revisions<br />

Chart 1: GSCI & CPI Food<br />

The past few months have seen an acceleration in<br />

the upward trend in oil and other commodity prices,<br />

in particular soft commodities. A number of<br />

idiosyncratic factors have contributed to these trends<br />

including adverse weather conditions, supply<br />

disruptions and threats of protectionism. But the<br />

increase has been primarily due to fundamental<br />

factors including slack monetary policy and the<br />

closing of the output gap at the global level (for more<br />

on this see “Global Inflation: Ready To Takeoff?”).<br />

The risks to global inflation are high.<br />

In the eurozone, these trends have been<br />

compounded by greater-than-expected strength in<br />

the economic recovery in Germany and higher taxes<br />

in a number of countries which are undergoing a<br />

significant fiscal adjustment.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 2: German Output Gap & Core HICP Inflation<br />

In particular, following a collapse in activity in 2009,<br />

the German economy has been a significant<br />

beneficiary of the rebound in world economic activity.<br />

Growth is likely to be higher than we previously<br />

thought (we revised up our GDP growth forecast for<br />

2011 from 2.7% to 3.5%) and more balanced, thanks<br />

to a greater contribution from domestic demand.<br />

Over time, this recovery will put upward pressure on<br />

domestically-generated inflation.<br />

As a result of the above-mentioned factors, we have<br />

revised up our forecasts for inflation in the eurozone.<br />

We now expect headline inflation to average 2.2% in<br />

2011 (from 1.8% previously) and 1.6% in 2012 (from<br />

1.3%).<br />

In the short term, the main contributors to these<br />

revisions are food and energy prices. Pressure on<br />

core prices should remain limited to those<br />

components for which food and energy are an<br />

important input, such as restaurants and transport<br />

services. But core inflation, forecast to average 0.9%<br />

and 1.1% in 2011 and 2012 respectively, is still<br />

expected to remain contained.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Chart 3: Core HICP – Periphery vs. Core<br />

The continued low level of core inflation is predicated<br />

mainly on wage growth remaining subdued by high<br />

unemployment and tighter fiscal policies. Recent<br />

trends in wages support this view.<br />

Note that the outlook differs significantly between<br />

countries. In particular, beyond a temporary boost<br />

from higher taxes, we believe risks of deflation are<br />

still high in the eurozone’s periphery as a result of the<br />

ongoing adjustment in fiscal and external<br />

imbalances.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Luigi Speranza/Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

49<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Table 1: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas' Inflation Forecasts<br />

Eurozone<br />

France<br />

US<br />

Headline HICP Ex-tobacco HICP<br />

Headline CPI<br />

Ex-tobacco CPI<br />

CPI Urban SA CPI Urban NSA<br />

Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y<br />

2009 108.1 - 0.3 107.9 - 0.2 119.3 - 0.1 118.0 - 0.1 214.5 - -0.3 214.5 - -0.4<br />

2010 109.8 - 1.6 109.5 - 1.5 121.1 - 1.5 119.8 - 1.5 218.1 - 1.6 218.1 - 1.6<br />

2011 (1) 112.2 - 2.2 111.8 - 2.1 123.6 - 2.0 122.1 - 1.9 221.4 - 1.5 221.3 - 1.5<br />

Q1 2010 108.6 - 1.1 108.3 - 1.0 120.3 - 1.3 119.0 - 1.2 217.6 - 2.4 217.0 - 2.4<br />

Q2 2010 110.0 - 1.5 109.7 - 1.4 121.3 - 1.6 120.0 - 1.5 217.2 - 1.8 218.1 - 1.8<br />

Q3 2010 109.9 - 1.7 109.5 - 1.6 121.2 - 1.5 119.8 - 1.5 218.0 - 1.2 218.3 - 1.2<br />

Q4 2010 110.8 - 2.0 110.5 - 1.9 121.7 - 1.6 120.2 - 1.6 219.4 - 1.2 218.9 - 1.3<br />

Q1 2011 (1) 111.1 - 2.3 110.7 - 2.2 122.5 - 1.8 121.1 - 1.8 220.9 - 1.5 220.4 - 1.6<br />

Q2 2011 (1) 112.1 - 1.9 111.7 - 1.8 123.5 - 1.8 122.0 - 1.7 221.2 - 1.8 222.0 - 1.8<br />

Q3 2011 (1) 112.3 - 2.2 111.8 - 2.1 123.8 - 2.1 122.3 - 2.0 221.5 - 1.6 221.7 - 1.6<br />

Q4 2011 (1) 113.3 - 2.3 112.9 - 2.2 124.4 - 2.3 122.9 - 2.2 221.8 - 1.1 221.2 - 1.1<br />

Jul 10 109.7 -0.3 1.7 109.31 -0.4 1.7 121.0 -0.3 1.7 119.68 -0.3 1.6 217.6 0.3 1.3 218.01 0.0 1.2<br />

Aug 10 109.9 0.2 1.6 109.54 0.2 1.5 121.3 0.2 1.4 119.97 0.2 1.3 218.2 0.3 1.2 218.31 0.1 1.1<br />

Sep 10 110.1 0.2 1.8 109.76 0.2 1.7 121.2 -0.1 1.6 119.88 -0.1 1.5 218.4 0.1 1.1 218.44 0.1 1.1<br />

Oct 10 110.5 0.4 1.9 110.16 0.4 1.8 121.4 0.1 1.6 120.03 0.1 1.5 218.9 0.2 1.2 218.71 0.1 1.2<br />

Nov 10 110.6 0.1 1.9 110.27 0.1 1.8 121.5 0.1 1.6 120.09 0.0 1.5 219.1 0.1 1.1 218.80 0.0 1.1<br />

Dec 10 111.3 0.6 2.2 110.93 0.6 2.1 122.1 0.5 1.8 120.61 0.4 1.7 220.3 0.5 1.4 219.18 0.2 1.5<br />

Jan 11 (1) 110.6 -0.6 2.3 110.17 -0.7 2.2 122.1 0.0 2.0 120.58 0.0 1.9 220.8 0.3 1.5 219.95 0.4 1.5<br />

Feb 11 (1) 111.0 0.4 2.4 110.56 0.4 2.3 122.5 0.4 1.8 121.07 0.4 1.7 221.1 0.1 1.6 220.29 0.2 1.6<br />

Mar 11 (1) 111.7 0.6 2.1 111.27 0.6 2.0 123.0 0.4 1.7 121.53 0.4 1.6 220.9 -0.1 1.5 220.91 0.3 1.5<br />

Apr 11 (1) 112.0 0.3 1.9 111.56 0.3 1.8 123.3 0.3 1.7 121.85 0.3 1.6 221.1 0.1 1.6 221.50 0.3 1.6<br />

May 11 (1) 112.1 0.2 1.9 111.73 0.2 1.8 123.5 0.2 1.8 122.06 0.2 1.7 221.2 0.0 1.8 222.06 0.3 1.8<br />

Jun 11 (1) 112.2 0.1 2.0 111.79 0.1 1.9 123.6 0.1 1.8 122.13 0.1 1.8 221.3 0.0 2.0 222.38 0.1 2.0<br />

Jul 11 (1) 111.9 -0.2 2.1 111.49 -0.3 2.0 123.4 -0.2 2.0 121.93 -0.2 1.9 221.4 0.1 1.7 221.89 -0.2 1.8<br />

Aug 11 (1) 112.3 0.3 2.2 111.84 0.3 2.1 123.9 0.4 2.1 122.40 0.4 2.0 221.5 0.0 1.5 221.69 -0.1 1.5<br />

Sep 11 (1) 112.6 0.3 2.3 112.17 0.3 2.2 124.0 0.1 2.3 122.48 0.1 2.2 221.6 0.0 1.5 221.64 0.0 1.5<br />

Oct 11 (1) 113.1 0.5 2.4 112.70 0.5 2.3 124.3 0.3 2.4 122.76 0.2 2.3 221.7 0.0 1.3 221.49 -0.1 1.3<br />

Nov 11 (1) 113.2 0.1 2.4 112.78 0.1 2.3 124.4 0.1 2.4 122.83 0.1 2.3 221.8 0.1 1.2 221.36 -0.1 1.2<br />

Dec 11 (1) 113.6 0.3 2.1 113.13 0.3 2.0 124.7 0.2 2.1 123.10 0.2 2.1 222.0 0.1 0.8 220.80 -0.3 0.7<br />

Updated<br />

Next<br />

Release<br />

Jan 20<br />

Jan Flash HICP (Jan 31)<br />

Jan 20<br />

Jan CPI (Feb 23)<br />

Jan 14<br />

Jan CPI (Feb 17)<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, (1) Forecasts<br />

Chart 4: Eurozone Core HICP (% y/y)<br />

Chart 5: US Core CPI (% y/y)<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

After reaching an all-time low in April 2010, core inflation has been<br />

a touch stronger in recent months, mainly reflecting gains in core<br />

goods inflation. While we expect core services inflation to head<br />

lower, the rebound in core goods has further to run. We expect a<br />

brief interruption to the downward trend in core inflation.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

The downward trend in shelter inflation was recently interrupted.<br />

However, the renewed collapse in the housing market should see a<br />

reversion to a downward trend from early this year.<br />

Luigi Speranza/Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

50<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Table 2: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas' Inflation Forecasts<br />

Japan<br />

UK<br />

Sweden<br />

Core CPI SA<br />

Core CPI NSA<br />

Headline CPI RPI<br />

CPI CPIF<br />

Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y Index % m/m % y/y<br />

2009 100.3 - -1.3 100.3 - -1.3 110.8 - 2.1 213.7 - -0.5 299.7 - -0.3 191.2 - 1.9<br />

2010 (1) 99.3 - -1.0 99.3 - -1.0 114.5 - 3.3 223.6 - 4.6 303.5 - 1.3 195.2 - 2.1<br />

2011 (1) 98.6 - -0.7 98.6 - -0.7 118.9 - 3.9 233.8 - 4.6 310.3 - 2.3 199.5 - 2.2<br />

Q1 2010 99.7 - -1.3 99.3 - -1.2 112.9 - 3.2 219.3 - 4.0 301.2 - 1.0 194.0 - 2.6<br />

Q2 2010 99.3 - -1.2 99.3 - -1.2 114.4 - 3.4 223.5 - 5.1 302.8 - 1.1 194.9 - 2.1<br />

Q3 2010 98.8 - -1.1 99.1 - -1.0 114.7 - 3.1 224.5 - 4.7 302.9 - 1.1 194.8 - 1.7<br />

Q4 2010 (1) 99.2 - -0.5 99.4 - -0.5 115.8 - 3.3 227.0 - 4.7 307.0 - 1.9 197.0 - 2.0<br />

Q1 2011 (1) 98.8 - -0.9 98.4 - -0.9 117.5 - 4.1 230.0 - 4.9 308.1 - 2.3 197.8 - 2.0<br />

Q2 2011 (1) 98.6 - -0.7 98.6 - -0.7 118.8 - 3.8 233.2 - 4.4 310.6 - 2.6 199.4 - 2.3<br />

Q3 2011 (1) 98.5 - -0.3 98.7 - -0.3 119.2 - 3.9 234.3 - 4.4 310.0 - 2.4 199.6 - 2.5<br />

Q4 2011 (1) 98.4 - -0.8 98.6 - -0.8 120.3 - 3.9 237.7 - 4.7 312.5 - 1.8 201.2 - 2.1<br />

Jul 10 98.9 -0.3 -1.1 99.0 -0.3 -1.1 114.3 -0.3 3.1 223.6 -0.2 4.8 302.0 -0.3 1.1 194.3 -0.3 1.7<br />

Aug 10 98.8 -0.1 -1.0 99.1 0.1 -1.0 114.9 0.5 3.1 224.5 0.4 4.7 302.1 0.0 0.9 194.3 0.0 1.4<br />

Sep 10 98.7 -0.1 -1.1 99.1 0.0 -1.1 114.9 0.0 3.0 225.3 0.4 4.6 304.6 0.8 1.4 195.8 0.8 1.8<br />

Oct 10 99.1 0.4 -0.6 99.5 0.4 -0.6 115.2 0.2 3.1 225.8 0.2 4.5 305.6 0.3 1.5 196.3 0.3 1.8<br />

Nov 10 99.3 0.2 -0.5 99.4 -0.1 -0.5 115.6 0.4 3.2 226.8 0.4 4.7 306.6 0.3 1.8 196.8 0.2 1.9<br />

Dec 10 (1) 99.2 -0.1 -0.5 99.3 -0.1 -0.5 116.7 1.0 3.7 228.4 0.7 4.8 308.7 0.7 2.3 197.9 0.6 2.3<br />

Jan 11 (1) 99.0 -0.2 -0.6 98.6 -0.7 -0.6 117.0 0.2 4.1 228.8 0.2 5.0 306.8 -0.6 2.3 197.0 -0.5 2.1<br />

Feb 11 (1) 98.8 -0.2 -1.0 98.2 -0.4 -1.0 117.6 0.5 4.2 230.1 0.6 5.0 308.2 0.5 2.2 197.8 0.4 1.8<br />

Mar 11 (1) 98.7 -0.1 -1.1 98.4 0.2 -1.1 118.0 0.3 4.0 230.9 0.3 4.6 309.3 0.3 2.3 198.7 0.4 2.0<br />

Apr 11 (1) 98.6 -0.1 -0.7 98.5 0.1 -0.7 118.6 0.5 3.8 232.8 0.8 4.5 310.5 0.4 2.7 199.2 0.3 2.3<br />

May 11 (1) 98.7 0.1 -0.6 98.7 0.2 -0.6 118.8 0.2 3.9 233.3 0.2 4.4 310.7 0.1 2.6 199.5 0.1 2.3<br />

Jun 11 (1) 98.5 -0.2 -0.7 98.6 -0.1 -0.7 118.9 0.1 3.7 233.5 0.1 4.2 310.4 -0.1 2.5 199.5 0.0 2.3<br />

Jul 11 (1) 98.5 0.0 -0.4 98.6 0.0 -0.4 118.6 -0.2 3.8 233.0 -0.2 4.2 309.5 -0.3 2.5 199.1 -0.2 2.4<br />

Aug 11 (1) 98.4 -0.1 -0.4 98.7 0.1 -0.4 119.1 0.4 3.7 233.9 0.4 4.2 309.6 0.0 2.5 199.2 0.1 2.5<br />

Sep 11 (1) 98.5 0.1 -0.2 98.9 0.2 -0.2 119.8 0.5 4.2 235.9 0.9 4.7 311.1 0.5 2.1 200.6 0.7 2.5<br />

Oct 11 (1) 98.4 -0.1 -0.7 98.8 -0.1 -0.7 119.9 0.2 4.2 236.7 0.3 4.8 312.7 0.5 2.3 201.1 0.3 2.4<br />

Nov 11 (1) 98.5 0.1 -0.8 98.6 -0.2 -0.8 120.1 0.1 3.9 237.2 0.2 4.6 312.8 0.0 2.0 201.2 0.0 2.2<br />

Dec 11 (1) 98.4 -0.1 -0.8 98.5 -0.1 -0.8 120.9 0.7 3.6 239.1 0.8 4.7 312.1 -0.2 1.1 201.3 0.0 1.7<br />

Updated<br />

Next<br />

Release<br />

Jan 04<br />

Dec CPI (Jan 27)<br />

Jan 20<br />

Jan CPI (Feb 15)<br />

Jan 19<br />

Jan CPI (Feb 17)<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, (1) Forecasts<br />

Chart 6: Japanese CPI (% y/y)<br />

Chart 7: UK CPI (% y/y)<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Prices are expected to continue falling but the pace of decline is<br />

easing as the economy recovers.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

We expect inflation to remain above target for the remainder of the<br />

year, although trending down. We expect CPI inflation to hit 4% or<br />

above in the early months of this year.<br />

Luigi Speranza/Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

51<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Table 3: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas' Inflation Forecasts<br />

Canada Norway Australia<br />

CPI Core CPI Headline CPI Core<br />

CPI<br />

Core<br />

Index % q/q % y/y Index % q/q % y/y Index % q/q % y/y Index % q/q % y/y Index % q/q % y/y Index % q/q % y/y<br />

2009 114.4 0.3 113.6 1.8 125.7 2.2 118.4 2.6 167.8 - 1.8 - - 3.7<br />

2010 (1) 116.5 1.8 115.5 1.6 128.8 2.4 120.1 1.4 172.8 - 2.9 - - 2.7<br />

2011 (1) 118.6 1.8 117.1 1.4 131.1 1.9 121.8 1.4 178.9 - 3.7 - - 2.7<br />

Q3 2009 114.7 0.5 -0.9 113.9 1.2 1.6 125.8 0.0 1.8 118.5 0.0 2.4 168.6 1.0 1.3 - - 3.5<br />

Q4 2009 114.9 0.6 0.8 114.4 1.9 1.6 126.6 0.6 1.4 119.3 0.7 2.3 169.5 0.5 2.1 - - 3.4<br />

Q1 2010 115.4 2.0 1.6 114.9 1.6 1.9 128.4 1.4 2.9 119.4 0.1 2.0 171.0 0.9 2.9 - - 3.1<br />

Q2 2010 116.2 2.6 1.4 115.5 2.3 1.8 129.1 0.6 2.6 120.3 0.8 1.5 172.1 0.6 3.1 - - 2.7<br />

Q3 2010 116.8 2.2 1.8 115.6 0.3 1.6 128.2 -0.7 1.9 119.9 -0.3 1.2 173.3 0.7 2.8 - - 2.4<br />

Q4 2010 (1) 117.4 1.5 2.2 116.0 1.2 1.4 129.4 0.9 2.2 120.5 0.5 1.0 174.7 0.8 3.0 - - 2.5<br />

Q1 2011 (1) 117.9 1.6 2.1 116.4 1.6 1.4 131.1 1.3 2.1 120.6 0.1 1.0 176.4 1.0 3.3 - - 2.5<br />

Q2 2011 (1) 118.3 1.7 1.9 116.9 1.7 1.2 131.4 0.2 1.8 121.9 1.0 1.3 178.0 0.9 3.6 - - 2.7<br />

Updated<br />

Dec 21<br />

Jan 19 Jan 20<br />

Next<br />

Release<br />

Dec CPI (Jan 25)<br />

Jan CPI (Feb 10) Q4 CPI (Jan 25)<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, (1) Forecasts<br />

Chart 8: Canadian Total versus Core CPI<br />

Chart 9: Australian CPI (% y/y)<br />

7.0<br />

6.0<br />

5.0<br />

4.0<br />

3.0<br />

(% y/y)<br />

Headline CPI<br />

Underlying CPI<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

0.0<br />

-1.0<br />

Q193 Q195 Q197 Q199 Q101 Q103 Q105 Q107 Q109 Q111 Q113<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Wage pressures appear subdued, suggesting that underlying<br />

inflation will remain within the target range.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Food prices should drive headline inflation sharply higher in 2011.<br />

Underlying inflation should drift higher, but remain within the target<br />

range. Risks to inflation are the upside, particularly in the near term.<br />

CPI Data Calendar for the Coming Week<br />

Day GMT Economy Indicator Previous <strong>BNP</strong>P F’cast Consensus<br />

Tue 25/01 00:30 Australia CPI q/q : Q4 0.7% 0.8% n/a<br />

00:30 CPI y/y : Q4 2.8% 3.0% n/a<br />

12:00 Canada CPI m/m : Dec 0.1% 0.2% 0.1%<br />

12:00 CPI y/y : Dec 2.0% 2.6% 2.5%<br />

12:00 BoC Core m/m : Dec 0.0% 0.0% -0.1%<br />

12:00 BoC Core y/y : Dec 1.4% 1.8% 1.7%<br />

Thu 27/01 10:15 Belgium CPI m/m : Jan 0.4% 0.2% n/a<br />

10:15 CPI y/y : Jan 3.1% 2.9% n/a<br />

Germany States’ Cost of Living m/m : Jan 1.0% -0.5% -0.2%<br />

States’ Cost of Living y/y : Jan 1.7% 1.8% 2.1%<br />

HICP (Prel) m/m : Jan 1.2% -0.5% -0.3%<br />

HICP (Prel) y/y : Jan 1.9% 2.0% 2.3%<br />

Fri 28/01 23:30 Japan CPI National y/y : Dec 0.1% -0.1% -0.2%<br />

23:30 Core CPI National y/y : Dec -0.5% -0.5% -0.5%<br />

23:30 CPI Tokyo y/y : Jan -0.2% 0.1% -0.2%<br />

23:30<br />

(27/01)<br />

Core CPI Tokyo y/y : Jan -0.4% -0.2% -0.3%<br />

Release dates and forecasts as at c.o.b. prior to the date of publication: See Daily Economic Spotlight for any revision<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Luigi Speranza/Eoin O’Callaghan 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

52<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Inflation: With Supply Comes Opportunities<br />

• GLOBAL: Supply discount except for TIPS.<br />

• EUR: Long FRF/EUR BE. Watch prel. data.<br />

• USD: 10y TIPS a test without concession.<br />

• GBP: UKTi-55 – value in RY, BE and ASW.<br />

GLOBAL: Equities, commodities and breakevens<br />

are back towards local highs (Chart 1) but have yet<br />

to break above the post-Lehman range. Positioning<br />

is much less extreme on equities and rates than in<br />

November/December (Chart 2) while on commodities<br />

net speculative oil positioning remains close to multiyear<br />

highs (i.e. on the long side). Inflation concerns<br />

continue to dominate with December data showing<br />

inflation rates rising, albeit largely due to food and<br />

energy as expected. Indeed, the market’s increasing<br />

anticipation of monetary tightening, at least in the UK<br />

and eurozone, is ultimately not bullish for inflation<br />

especially inflation forwards. More pressing in the<br />

near term and potentially weighing on breakevens<br />

generally is the significant supply in the final week(s)<br />

of January – France’s EUR 3bn BTANi-16 launch on<br />

Thursday, BTPei supply next week, USD 13bn TIPS<br />

Jan-21 launch and the syndicated re-opening of<br />

UKTi-55 (likely to be around GBP 2.7bn notional).<br />

With the exception of the US where there has been<br />

limited (if any) cheapening ahead of supply, BTANi-<br />

16, UKTi-55 and probably BTPei supply offer good<br />

value after previous underperformance/cheapness.<br />

EUR: The AFT issued 2.995bn (top of the range) of<br />

BTANi 0.45% July 2016 at an average price of 99.48,<br />

i.e 12 cents above grey market levels. A bid/cover at<br />

2.11 is good for such a size and compares with 1.8<br />

for the OATi-19 launch a year ago and 1.5 for OATei-<br />

22 in May. The BTANi-16 is currently trading 21bp<br />

through the OATi-17 and still looks a bit cheap in our<br />

view even though the floor has already lost a third of<br />

its value (given the move to lower inflation volatility).<br />

We like the BTANi-16 in the OATi curve, in ASW and<br />

especially versus EUR breakevens. As written<br />

previously, French linkers will experience much less<br />

negative carry than in Europe and this does not look<br />

priced in at least at the front end (Chart 3).<br />

Admittedly, it is difficult to short EUR breakevens<br />

(outright) in the current market environment of rising<br />

headline inflation – our economists have raised their<br />

HICP forecasts with stronger food, energy and core<br />

inflation by the year-end. Nonetheless, January’s<br />

preliminary HICP data have surprised to the<br />

downside in 5 of the last 8 years and only once to the<br />

upside (Chart 3) – first indications in Germany from<br />

27 January. Meanwhile, upcoming BTPei supply<br />

could help the concession on ‘rich-looking’ EUR<br />

Ch. 1: Commodities, EQ and BEs at Local Highs<br />

Chart 2: Asset Positioning – Less Long than in<br />

November/December Except Commodities<br />

Chart 3: OATei-12/OATi-17 BE versus NY, Oil &<br />

EURUSD: Regression Residuals versus Carry<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

-20<br />

-30<br />

-40<br />

OATEI12 / OATI17 Breakeven / OIL / EURUSD Residuals<br />

1m Carry<br />

Fwd Carry<br />

-50<br />

Jun-09 Sep-09 Dec-09 Mar-10 Jun-10 Sep-10 Dec-10 Mar-11<br />

OATEI12 / OATI17 Breakeven / OIL / E Yield Move Carry Potential?<br />

1m 52.1 -21.4 30.7<br />

2m 17.5 22.2 39.7<br />

3m -18.9 31.2 12.3<br />

4: Watch Out for Downward Jan HICP Surprise<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Jan uses to suprise<br />

on the downside<br />

jan feb mar apr may jun jul aug sep oct nov dec<br />

All charts source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, Bloomberg<br />

Below In Line Above<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

-20<br />

-30<br />

-40<br />

-50<br />

Shahid Ladha / Herve Cros / Sergey Bondarchuk 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

53<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


eakevens. Italy should announce details of its<br />

scheduled 26-Jan auction on Friday (21 January).<br />

The 10y and 30y benchmarks (BTPei-21 and ei-41)<br />

are good candidates for re-opening, but there is a<br />

risk Italy could issue a new 5y or 15y BTPei given<br />

little EURxt issuance in January (only EUR 1bn from<br />

Germany). Reminder: BTPeis generally look cheap<br />

versus OATei and especially against rich DBRei<br />

paper which have enjoyed a scarcity premium<br />

suggesting the BTPei supply will offer value.<br />

GBP: Breakevens are little changed on the week.<br />

December’s CPI was very strong at 3.7% y/y (versus<br />

consensus at 3.4%). Food, petrol and utility bills were<br />

strong as expected. But core was also strong at 2.9%<br />

y/y (+0.2 upward surprise) on recreation/goods prices<br />

despite weaker clothing. Meanwhile, RPI printed<br />

228.4, +0.7% m/m, in line with consensus but below<br />

<strong>BNP</strong>P’s call. The strong CPI headline and core is not<br />

the ideal (policy) mix for breakevens MT given the<br />

risk of monetary tightening ahead, even though RPI<br />

does benefit directly from base rate hikes via MIPS<br />

ST. We continue to receive May MPC’s meeting – a<br />

rate hike is now 80% priced in. We continue to<br />

recommend taking profit on our favourite trade into<br />

2011, long the UKTi-13 breakeven, after its 40bp<br />

performance net of carry in 2011 ahead of likely<br />

extension activity.<br />

The strong 25y Gilt auction confirms the bid for<br />

duration and we expect next week’s UKTi-55<br />

syndication to meet with strong demand. The<br />

underperformance of the belly (10-20y) in nominal,<br />

real yield and breakeven space could continue at<br />

least in inflation space. Supportive demand<br />

conditions include pension funds in surplus likely LDI<br />

needs, coupon payments (GBP 770mn, 75% in the<br />

final week), 5y+ Linkers Index extension (+0.35y)<br />

versus a limited size (we estimate up to GBP 3bn<br />

notional) due to DMO Remit. Strong outright value<br />

and convincing RV arguments add further support.<br />

Our favourite trades include 10/50y real yield<br />

flattener and long UKTi-55 breakeven. See our<br />

upcoming extensive desknote, “GBPi: UKTi-55<br />

Syndication – Selling Note” for further details.<br />

USD: As we expected, the Fed concentrated<br />

purchases in TIPS Jul-20 (56%) and TIPS Feb-40<br />

(28%). The remaining 16% of the USD 1.74bn was<br />

scattered across the curve, with 7% (USD 179mm)<br />

spent on


Pricing Date<br />

Repo <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Sett. Date<br />

Table 1: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Carry Analysis<br />

Benchmark Carry<br />

20-Jan-11<br />

Term 1<br />

Term 2<br />

2m<br />

3m<br />

6m<br />

12m<br />

0.42% 0.42% 0.34% 0.34% 0.34% 0.56%<br />

21-Jan-11 01-Feb-11 01-Mar-11<br />

21-Mar-11 21-Apr-11 21-Jul-11 23-Jan-12<br />

Yield BE Real BE Real BE Real BE Real BE Real BE Real BE<br />

Short-end<br />

OATei Jul-12 -1.09% 2.15% -0.9 -1.4 31.8 29.2 -16.3 -20.7 -20.0 -26.5 29.5 22.0 -1.8 46.4<br />

OATI Jul-13 -0.39% 1.87% -0.5 -1.1 14.0 10.7 10.4 4.7 21.0 12.2 48.4 33.0 48.3 23.8<br />

TIPS Jul-12 -1.36% 1.80% -2.3 -2.8 1.3 -0.5 12.1 9.3 20.4 15.9 63.8 52.4 -92.6 -124.4<br />

UKTi Aug-13 -1.66% 2.94% 0.9 -0.2 0.6 -3.3 2.3 -3.7 22.7 13.9 50.3 33.0 130.1 97.0<br />

5y<br />

OATei Jul-15 0.50% 1.81% 0.4 -0.4 14.0 10.2 1.0 -5.6 3.7 -6.5 28.2 8.8 47.0 9.7<br />

OATi Jul-17 0.80% 2.08% 0.2 -0.6 7.2 3.4 7.0 0.7 12.6 2.8 26.5 7.9 35.7 -0.6<br />

TIPS Apr-15 -0.20% 1.88% 0.1 -1.1 3.5 -0.5 8.6 2.5 13.7 4.0 32.5 12.0 22.8 -23.0<br />

UKTi Jul-16 -0.06% 2.81% 1.4 0.0 3.7 -1.0 6.3 -0.9 18.5 7.7 38.8 17.2 85.3 41.1<br />

JGBI-4 June-15 0.86% -0.42% -1.7 -1.9 -2.6 -3.5 -9.1 -10.4 -22.6 -24.6 -14.0 -18.2 -2.4 -11.5<br />

10y<br />

OATei Jul-20 1.33% 2.12% 0.4 -0.3 8.0 4.7 2.1 -3.6 4.3 -4.4 18.6 1.9 31.7 -0.8<br />

OATI Jul-19 1.12% 2.16% 0.2 -0.5 6.0 2.4 6.1 0.1 10.8 1.5 22.6 4.9 31.4 -3.0<br />

TIPS Jul-20 1.01% 2.29% 0.4 -0.7 3.1 -1.2 6.2 -0.3 9.7 -0.4 21.4 0.8 24.4 -18.9<br />

UKTi Nov-22 0.80% 3.09% 1.5 0.4 8.3 4.3 9.6 3.5 14.0 4.9 29.0 10.7 46.0 9.3<br />

JGBI-16 June-18 1.30% -0.44% -0.8 -1.2 -0.8 -2.2 -4.6 -6.4 -12.3 -15.1 -5.2 -10.8 5.6 -6.4<br />

30y<br />

OATei Jul-40 1.61% 2.40% 0.2 -0.2 3.1 1.2 1.0 -2.2 1.9 -2.9 7.3 -1.8 12.2 -5.1<br />

OATI Jul-29 1.58% 2.36% 0.2 -0.3 3.7 1.1 3.9 -0.4 6.8 0.1 13.9 1.3 19.9 -4.4<br />

TIPS Feb-40 1.97% 2.61% 0.3 -0.5 1.7 -1.2 3.2 -1.2 5.0 -1.8 10.7 -3.3 13.9 -14.6<br />

UKTI Mar-40 0.86% 3.58% 0.6 -0.1 3.4 0.8 3.9 0.0 5.6 -0.2 11.5 0.0 17.7 -4.8<br />

Short-end<br />

Term 1 -> Term 2 Term 1 -> Term 2 Term 2 -> 3m<br />

3m -> 6m<br />

6m -> 12m<br />

OATei Jul-12 32.7 30.7 -43.2 -45.4 -3.7 -5.8 49.5 48.5 -31.3 24.4<br />

OATI Jul-13 14.5 11.8 -1.6 -4.4 10.5 7.5 27.5 20.8 -0.1 -9.1<br />

TIPS Jul-12 3.6 2.3 11.7 10.4 8.3 6.6 43.4 36.5 -156.4 -176.7<br />

UKTi Aug-13 -0.2 -3.0 2.2 -0.6 20.4 17.7 27.7 19.1 79.8 64.0<br />

5y<br />

OATei Jul-15 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0<br />

OATi Jul-17 13.6 10.5 -11.0 -14.2 2.7 -0.9 24.5 15.3 18.8 0.8<br />

TIPS Apr-15 7.0 4.0 0.8 -2.2 5.5 2.1 14.0 5.1 9.1 -8.5<br />

UKTi Jul-16 3.4 0.5 6.0 3.1 5.1 1.6 18.8 8.0 -9.7 -35.0<br />

JGBI-4 June-15 -0.9 -1.6 -8.2 -8.8 -13.5 -14.2 8.6 6.4 11.7 6.6<br />

10y<br />

OATei Jul-20 7.6 4.9 -4.8 -7.5 2.2 -0.9 14.3 6.3 13.1 -2.7<br />

OATI Jul-19 5.8 2.9 0.9 -2.0 4.7 1.4 11.7 3.3 8.9 -7.8<br />

TIPS Jul-20 2.6 -0.4 3.8 0.8 3.5 -0.1 11.7 1.2 3.0 -19.7<br />

UKTi Nov-22 6.8 3.9 3.2 0.4 4.4 1.3 14.9 5.8 17.0 -1.4<br />

JGBI-16 June-18 0.0 -1.0 -4.5 -5.4 -7.7 -8.6 7.1 4.2 10.8 4.4<br />

30y<br />

OATei Jul-40 2.9 1.4 -1.7 -3.2 0.9 -0.8 5.4 1.1 4.9 -3.3<br />

OATI Jul-29 3.5 1.4 0.7 -1.3 2.8 0.5 7.1 1.2 6.0 -5.7<br />

TIPS Feb-40 1.4 -0.7 1.9 -0.2 1.8 -0.6 5.7 -1.4 3.2 -11.3<br />

UKTI Mar-40 2.7 0.9 1.3 -0.5 1.7 -0.2 5.8 0.2 6.3 -4.9<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Shahid Ladha / Herve Cros / Sergey Bondarchuk 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

55<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Technical Analysis – <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong>s & Commodities<br />

Bond & Short-Term Contracts<br />

• Europe 10y: Breaking slightly above key 3.09/3.12 (LT 38.2% & MT 61.8%), opening the way for 3.25 area<br />

• US 10y: Toppish around key 3.37 (MT 61.8%) within a ST triangle (3.25/3.44) and below 3.63 (LT falling res)<br />

• Short-term contracts m1: MT toppish bias on ED & Euribor, but a ST rising one on ED while Euribor is down<br />

Equities & Commodities<br />

• WTI (Cl1): Sill up MT within MT rising channel but still stalling around 91.86 wave “A” top, with risk now of 2-tops<br />

• Equity markets: MT positive bias persists but a ST toppish tone is developing. Larger fall is needed to turn down<br />

US 10y: Toppish around key 3.37 (MT 61.8%) with risk towards ST 38.2% MT Trend: Up Range: 3.20/3.45<br />

MT SCENARIO remains up<br />

<strong>Market</strong> remains up oriented MT within a MT<br />

rising “C of ABC” scenario which is likely to<br />

send it towards key 4.00/4.07 (April top & LT<br />

61.8%) initially and then key 4.59 (LT falling<br />

channel res). A break above 3.44 (daily<br />

triangle res) and the key 3.63 (4-year falling<br />

resistance) level is needed to strengthen this<br />

MT bearish scenario<br />

2.80 4.00/4.07<br />

ALTERNATIVE SCENARIO...ST correction<br />

It fails to extend the rise beyond 3.63 (LT<br />

falling resistance line), capped by top<br />

reversal, and starts a ST consolidation<br />

towards 3.09 (ST 38.2%) initially. First<br />

positive step would be a break below 3.25<br />

(wave “A” low & ST triangle support)<br />

STRATEGY<br />

Enter long on 3.40 area, S/L 3.46, for<br />

3.15/3.25 or buy stop 3.25 break, S/L 3.31,<br />

for 3.05/3.10<br />

US/EUR 10y bond: Is it now developing the main falling wave ? MT Trend: Down Range: 15/30<br />

MT SCENARIO is down<br />

After the 5 waves down move (major wave<br />

“A”?) which reached the key 0.2/0.6 support<br />

area, it has started a correction (major wave<br />

“B”?) above the MT falling wedge. This move<br />

may end close to key 56.2 (ST 61.8%) and<br />

the main risk now is to have started the main<br />

falling wave “C” towards 8.2 (wave “A” low)<br />

initially and then key -21.4 (LT 61.8%). ST<br />

bearish confirmation will come from a<br />

sustained break below 22.6/24.5 (61.8%)<br />

-21.4 4.2 => 56.2/57.0<br />

ALTERNATIVE SCENARIO.Wave B extends<br />

Rising correction (major wave “B”?) is not<br />

over and rise resumes from key 22.7/24.5<br />

area towards 45.7 top again and then towards<br />

critical 56.2 (ST 61.8%). A break then above it<br />

would call for a move towards key 85.8/85.9<br />

(wave “5” top & LT falling channel resistance)<br />

STRATEGY<br />

Wait for a rebound to enter short<br />

Christian Sené 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

56<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Germany 10y: MT 61.8% (3.12) break could trigger a rise towards 3.25 MT Trend: Up Range: 3.00/3.20<br />

MT SCENARIO is still up<br />

2.56


Trade Reviews<br />

Options, Money <strong>Market</strong> and Bond Trades – Tactical & Strategic Trades<br />

This page summarises our main tactical (T) and strategic (S) trades. The former focus on short-term horizons (a few weeks),<br />

allowing one to play any near-term corrections within a defined trend, while the latter rely on a medium-term assumed trend.<br />

For each trade we provide the expected target and the recommended stop loss.<br />

Existing Strategies<br />

Yield Curves<br />

BTP Flattener Long BTP 5% Sep 40 Short BTP 4% Sep 20<br />

We enter 2/3 now and the rest on any overshoot to 90bp.<br />

Tsy Flattener Sell UST 5Y Buy UST 10Y<br />

Structurally, we like the trade given QE2 purchases. PCA also shows that 10s look<br />

cheap while 5s look rich, which makes us comfortable with the timing of this trade.<br />

Also, there is a slight flattening bias beginning next week going into the following<br />

week's 5y auction.<br />

EUR Butterfly Receive EUR 2/5/10s M1 IMM<br />

Proxy for 2/10s flatteners with positive carry.<br />

Cross <strong>Market</strong>s<br />

USD Agency Callable Long FNMA 5nc6M 2.60 01/16 Short T 0.75 08/13<br />

Short-vol bullish strategies in the short end are attractive given the Fed status.<br />

Callables outperform in a range-bound environment, but currently tolerate a larger<br />

rise in rates (+115 bps) than a rally (-20 bps) before breaking even over a 6m<br />

horizon.<br />

Money <strong>Market</strong>s<br />

U1U2 Euribor/Eurodollar box Long Eurodollar Short Euribor<br />

We entered 2/3 of the position and would add at 10bp.<br />

GBP OIS Swap Pay May11 MPC<br />

Media and economists are beating on the inflation drum. The front end has been<br />

listening: we tactically try to ride the bearish momentum in the market via OIS swap<br />

at small size.<br />

78.5<br />

(S)<br />

138.5<br />

(S)<br />

15.5<br />

(T)<br />

-4k<br />

(S)<br />

17<br />

(T)<br />

0.71<br />

(T)<br />

70 94 85.5<br />

(13-Jan)<br />

-1.5bp 10k EUR 70k<br />

7bp<br />

130 146 138.5<br />

5k/01 USD 0k<br />

(13-Jan)<br />

0bp<br />

0.0 16.5 11.5<br />

(05-Jan)<br />

300k -150k 0k<br />

(06-Jan)<br />

30/35 7 15<br />

(14-Jan)<br />

0.75 0.64 0.67<br />

(11-Jan)<br />

Options<br />

Euribor Put Spread Buy ERU1 9862/50 P/S<br />

5.5 12.0 0.0 3.0<br />

Bearish long-term strategy, playing improved macro conditions, the ECB's exit<br />

strategy as well as the risk of a rate hike in Q2. Good entry level for shorts after<br />

aggressive rally at the end of 2010.<br />

(S)<br />

(04-Jan)<br />

*Tactical (T) and strategic (S) trades. **Risk: vega, gamma for options, or ΔDV01 for futures, bonds and swaps.<br />

+1.0bp 10k/01 EUR -40k<br />

-4bp<br />

1k/01 USD<br />

-4k<br />

10k EUR 20k<br />

+2bp<br />

7.5k/01 GBP +30k<br />

+4bp<br />

12.5k/01 EUR +32k<br />

+2.5bp<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

58<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Travelling Asia<br />

• Inflation has emerged in Asia. Changes in<br />

relative competitiveness are in train,<br />

suggesting Asia’s surpluses will erode over<br />

time.<br />

• China’s booming economy will be most at<br />

risk should inflation accelerate further. But<br />

markets may have started with an<br />

inappropriate distribution of risk.<br />

• Asset-driven currencies such as the AUD<br />

are the most vulnerable. The EUR will benefit<br />

from the credibility of its central bank…<br />

• …but the ECB’s inflation-fighting<br />

credentials will be challenged by diverging<br />

monetary conditions.<br />

• Rising global inflation will put the JPY<br />

under selling pressure.<br />

The challenge of inflation: The example of India<br />

I am writing this document during a business trip to<br />

Asia. It has been fascinating talking to our clients and<br />

to policymakers. While Asia is clearly booming, the<br />

clouds of inflation are appearing in the blue sky; the<br />

outlook is no longer universally sunny.<br />

India, which had been hoping to become a second<br />

China because of its growth dynamics, is now<br />

hopelessly behind the curve in respect of tackling<br />

inflation. The RBI has allowed real rates to become<br />

negative, the current account deficit is taking off and<br />

the government is acting only slowly to reduce its<br />

fiscal deficit.<br />

Still, India is an agriculturally driven country, with the<br />

monsoon heavily influencing the state of the<br />

economic cycle. Last year’s good monsoon season<br />

helped push GDP growth up to 8% but industrial<br />

production growth has now declined to 2.7%. Rising<br />

inflation rates will undermine India’s competitiveness,<br />

not boding well for its already-weakening trade and<br />

current account deficits.<br />

Meanwhile, the RBI stands at a crossroads. Either it<br />

understands the inflation risks and acts accordingly,<br />

putting rates up aggressively or it remains behind the<br />

curve.<br />

In the first scenario, India would face a cyclical<br />

slowdown due to rising real rates. In the second<br />

case, India would be heading into troubled waters<br />

where rising inflation expectations kill off inward<br />

investment. Falling real rates would start<br />

undermining the INR.<br />

9.5<br />

9<br />

8.5<br />

8<br />

7.5<br />

7<br />

6.5<br />

6<br />

5.5<br />

5<br />

Chart 1: India Behind the Curve<br />

4.5<br />

Dec-06 Jul-07 Feb-08 Sep-08 Apr-09 Nov-09 Jun-10<br />

Source: Bloomberg, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

0.34<br />

0.33<br />

0.32<br />

0.31<br />

0.3<br />

0.29<br />

0.28<br />

0.27<br />

0.26<br />

0.25<br />

0.24<br />

WPI (y/y, RHS)<br />

RBI CRR<br />

Chart 2: China Wages Relative to Output are<br />

Rising<br />

China Wages are a proportion of GDI<br />

China CPI (y/y, RHS)<br />

Mar-92 Sep-94 Mar-97 Sep-99 Mar-02 Sep-04 Mar-07 Sep-09<br />

Source: Reuters Ecowin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

We discussed this topic with a well-respected Asianbased<br />

hedge fund manager. The conclusion we<br />

reached was that either scenario would lead to lower<br />

share prices. Last week, the Indonesian equity<br />

market moved into a higher volatility regime. In 2009<br />

and especially 2010, the Indonesian market saw a lot<br />

of inward investment and was one of the best<br />

performers globally. That might be changing now as<br />

inflation is on the rise. India is in the same boat as its<br />

equity market was the main destination for foreign<br />

inflows into the country. Since November, shares in<br />

Bombay have lost around 10% and we wonder when<br />

there will be a bigger correction in the FX market on<br />

the back of this development.<br />

China: domestically funded leverage<br />

The other big theme is China and its satellite<br />

economies. Looking out of the hotel room window, I<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

-2<br />

Hans Redeker 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

59<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


notice construction activity as far as the eye can see.<br />

In downtown Hong Kong, real estate is selling for<br />

EUR 5000 per square foot, driving house prices<br />

relative to income to unrealistic levels. However,<br />

lending restrictions have been introduced that limit<br />

the leverage relative to the cost of the real estate<br />

project to 75%; this will provide the housing market<br />

with a good cushion. Hence we do not envisage the<br />

Hong Kong real estate market undergoing a Dubaistyle<br />

crash.<br />

However, we wish to highlight the impact of a<br />

booming real estate market on consumer price<br />

inflation. Unlike Dubai, Hong Kong’s real estate<br />

boom is only moderately leveraged and is funded by<br />

Chinese real money. Nonetheless, real estate prices<br />

rising out of all proportion to income will squeeze<br />

low-income groups out of the cities. As low-income<br />

groups tend to be service providers, it should not be<br />

a surprise to see Hong Kong’s real estate boom<br />

leading to a period where inflation is an issue.<br />

Rising bills<br />

Each time I go to Asia, my bills are higher than on<br />

previous visits. There is a lot of anecdotal evidence<br />

suggesting Asia is inflating its relative<br />

competitiveness away. Official data may understate<br />

real inflation by a substantial margin and the Chinese<br />

administration’s endorsement of 20% wage<br />

increases may be viewed as a move to calm the<br />

population’s anger as real incomes are eroded by<br />

rising prices.<br />

The motivation behind the PBoC’s current policy<br />

mix<br />

Last Friday, the PBoC again increased its minimum<br />

reserve requirements with the aim of reducing the<br />

velocity of money and credit in the Chinese<br />

economy. This policy has become known as<br />

quantitative tightening. There has been a lively<br />

discussion on why China has largely been refraining<br />

from using the traditional interest rate tool to fight<br />

inflation. An argument often deployed is that higher<br />

RMB money market rates could trigger an inflow of<br />

unwanted hot money, pushing currency reserves up<br />

even up rapidly. Indeed, absorbing incoming<br />

reserves by selling sterilization bonds has become<br />

an increasingly costly business for the PBoC given<br />

the negative spread between the yield from foreign<br />

currency reserves and the yield offered by the<br />

sterilisation bonds.<br />

Nonetheless, the main reason why China is using the<br />

interest rate tool only reluctantly is the highly<br />

leveraged “state-owned” corporate sector. Here,<br />

higher interest rates could burst the leverage bubble.<br />

China’s households have on average saved 35% of<br />

their income on average over the past decade. As<br />

authorities run a closed capital account and<br />

50.0<br />

49.0<br />

48.0<br />

47.0<br />

46.0<br />

45.0<br />

44.0<br />

43.0<br />

Chart 3: US Wages Relative Output have<br />

Declined<br />

42.0<br />

Sep-75Jun-79 Mar-83 Dec-86Sep-90Jun-94 Mar-98Dec-01Sep-05Jun-09<br />

Source: Bloomberg, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Percent<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

-1<br />

US Wages are a proportion of GDI<br />

US CPI (y/y, RHS)<br />

Chart 4: USD Vs CNY 3m Bill <strong>Rate</strong>s<br />

USD 3m bill yield<br />

households have saved for pension and rainy-day<br />

purposes, savings were accumulated into bank<br />

deposits. Domestic banks have only been allowed to<br />

lend domestically, which in a booming economy is<br />

relatively unproblematic. However, Chinese bankers<br />

(as everywhere else in the world) are paid to ride the<br />

yield curve and convert deposits into vast amounts of<br />

credit. China’s household savings relative to GDP<br />

have reached 100% but state-owned corporate<br />

liabilities are now a multiple of that.<br />

China’s national accounts data are not yet as<br />

comprehensive enough as those provided by<br />

Western statistics offices. However, given the closed<br />

capital account and huge private household savings,<br />

either the corporate or sovereign sector must be<br />

deeply in the red. In China, it is the state-owned<br />

corporate sector which is highly leveraged and thus<br />

sensitive to changing funding costs. The Chinese<br />

authorities know that, explaining why they have been<br />

reluctant to use the interest rate tool.<br />

12.0<br />

10.0<br />

Nov May Aug Nov Feb May Aug Nov Feb May Aug Nov Feb May Aug Nov Feb<br />

06 07<br />

08<br />

09<br />

10 11<br />

Source: Reuters Ecowin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

CNY 3m bill yield<br />

8.0<br />

6.0<br />

4.0<br />

2.0<br />

0.0<br />

-2.0<br />

-4.0<br />

-6.0<br />

-8.0<br />

Hans Redeker 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

60<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Capitalism requires business cycles<br />

There has been much admiration for the Chinese<br />

state-controlled economic model. We predicted that<br />

China in 2009 would be the anchor of stability for the<br />

global economy and so it turned out. However, we<br />

are not sure that the same can be said for the next<br />

12 months. Yugoslavia showed that a statecontrolled<br />

market economy cannot ignore the need<br />

for business cycles to correct wasteful investment.<br />

The business cycle works in the capitalist economy<br />

as a quality control for the efficient use of resources.<br />

Business cycles are necessary and useful. In its<br />

2006 stability report, the IMF illustrated that delaying<br />

cyclical downturns only makes the following<br />

recession deeper and more painful. In this sense, the<br />

absence of a Chinese business cycle is worrying and<br />

implicitly suggests that there must be a certain<br />

degree of wasteful investment in the economy which<br />

at one point will have to be cleared out. What should<br />

not be forgotten either is that wasteful investment<br />

reduces efficiency, turning a competitive and noninflationary<br />

economy slowly into a non-competitive<br />

and inflationary one.<br />

130<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

Graph 5: USD – CNY REER gap has Widened<br />

by 30%<br />

Jan-94<br />

Apr-95<br />

J u l -96<br />

O c t -97<br />

Jan-99<br />

Apr-00<br />

Jul-01<br />

Oct-02<br />

Source: Reuters Ecowin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

CNY Broad BIS REER<br />

Jan-04<br />

A p r- 05<br />

USD Broad BIS REER<br />

Chart 6: Chinese Shares have Underperformed<br />

Jul-06<br />

Oct-07<br />

Jan-09<br />

Apr-10<br />

Does that mean the consensus has started the year<br />

with a wrong distribution of risk preference? Most<br />

think that the main risk of economic<br />

underperformance should be associated with the US.<br />

They have allocated their currency portfolios<br />

accordingly, using the USD as a funding currency.<br />

Along with a better-than-expected performance by<br />

the US economy, Asia’s inflation rate could<br />

undermine this investment strategy.<br />

The meaning of inflation for currency markets<br />

Indeed, the economic outlook for China and by<br />

extension Asia depends on the seriousness of the<br />

current inflation wave. The consensus sees inflation<br />

as mainly driven by commodity-driven cost-push<br />

effects. If this assumption proved correct, current<br />

prices would stabilise within a year. What we find<br />

disturbing is that the rhetoric has taken the same<br />

angle as in the early 1970s when the Yom Kippur<br />

war triggered the first oil price shock. Then, It was<br />

argued that higher oil prices would reduce real<br />

disposable income and would in fact prove to be<br />

deflationary in the long run. Hence they did not<br />

require attention from monetary authorities. This view<br />

backfired in the 1970s, a decade when inflation<br />

proved a real problem. <strong>Interest</strong>ingly, the 1960s had<br />

seen a sharp expansion of the monetary base,<br />

exceeding GDP by a multiple. Over the past couple<br />

of years, the same has happened on a global scale.<br />

That is good enough reason in our view to discuss<br />

what will happen on FX markets, should inflation<br />

become a theme.<br />

Changing the way we look at FX<br />

Source: Reuters Ecowin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

First, we will have to change the way of analysing FX<br />

markets. During the time of the ‘Great Moderation’,<br />

central bank credibility advanced to ever-higher<br />

rates, allowing us to use nominal interest rate and<br />

yield differentials to predict currencies. At times of<br />

corporate-dominated cross-border flows, we used<br />

corporate bond market yields but, most of the time,<br />

sovereign flows dominated cross flows anyway,<br />

keeping the emphasis on sovereign yield<br />

differentials.<br />

When inflation comes back, it will be real yield<br />

differentials that tell us if currencies have upside or<br />

downside potential.<br />

The relative credibility of central banks will<br />

determine the value of FX<br />

Secondly, central banks will be differentiated<br />

according to their willingness to tackle inflation head<br />

on. In the case of Indonesia and India, markets have<br />

started expressing doubts, putting their asset<br />

markets under selling pressure. The selling pressure<br />

Hans Redeker 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

61<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


will be strong for those currencies that have seen<br />

solid foreign inflows beforehand.<br />

When discussing inflation-fighting credentials, the<br />

ECB stands out. Only last week, the ECB’s Trichet<br />

expressed his unease at EMU HICP moving above<br />

the ECB’s 2% ceiling. Instantly, the euro rushed<br />

higher. However, in the case of the EUR, the<br />

credibility of the ECB must also be viewed in the<br />

context of outstanding credit risks, leading to nonhomogenous<br />

monetary conditions within the<br />

eurozone. Table 7 alongside has been constructed<br />

with the help of the IMF. It shows debt levels and the<br />

interest rate-growth differentials of selected EMU<br />

countries. At the start of the currency union, rates<br />

were way too loose for peripheral countries. The rule<br />

of thumb suggests that nominal GDP and rates<br />

should be at approximately the same level. The rule<br />

should particularly apply in the long term.<br />

Table 7: Public Debt and <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong>–Growth<br />

<strong>Rate</strong> Differential (pp)<br />

Country<br />

Debt/GDP<br />

2007 2009 2015 1/ Historical /2 Projected /1<br />

France 63.8 77.4 94.8 0.8 0.5<br />

Germany 65 72.5 81.5 2.6 1.5<br />

Greece 95.6 114.7 158.6 -1.5 2.2<br />

Ireland 24.9 64.5 94 -5.8 3.2<br />

Italy 103.4 115.8 124.7 1.4 1.7<br />

Portugal 63.6 77.1 98.4 -0.6 2.2<br />

Spain 36.1 55.2 94.4 -2.4 2.6<br />

Median 63.8 77.1 94.8 -0.6 2.2<br />

Mean 64.6 82.5 106.6 -0.8 2<br />

Source: IMF’s WEO database, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> rate-Growth rate Differential<br />

Chart 8: USD Liquidity vs. S&P 500, CRB<br />

However, before the crisis, peripheral countries<br />

enjoyed relative to their nominal GDP growth very<br />

low funding costs, which led to booming and<br />

consequently busting assets. The table shows that<br />

Ireland ran a negative interest rate-growth gap of<br />

5.6%. But now, as assets have tanked, peripheral<br />

countries are exposed to liabilities no longer covered<br />

by asset values.<br />

The funding costs of these liabilities have soared and<br />

will stay high if you believe the IMF numbers, leading<br />

to the perverse situation that monetary conditions in<br />

the recessionary countries of Europe’s periphery<br />

have tightened while booming Germany faces superloose<br />

monetary conditions. This environment will put<br />

the inflation-fighting credentials of the ECB to the<br />

test.<br />

We recall the situation from August to early<br />

November, when the ECB channelled 3mths Euribor<br />

rates up by about 60bp. At the same time, intra-EMU<br />

credit spreads widened, leaving us confident with our<br />

EURUSD 1.34 year-end call for 2010. Now as<br />

inflation is moving up and the ECB rhetoric is<br />

becoming more hawkish, we are watching credit<br />

spreads with interest. As long as credit does not pop<br />

up, the euro will strengthen, supported by<br />

expectations of a hawkish central bank reaction to<br />

rising inflation.<br />

However, recessionary peripheral economies facing<br />

already-tight monetary conditions are unlikely to cope<br />

well with monetary tightening. Inflation and the<br />

reaction of central banks must always be viewed in<br />

the context of credit; this is particularly the case for<br />

EMU.<br />

Inflation will kill the ‘quasi-China trade’<br />

Source: Reuters Ecowin Pro, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Third, the emergence of inflation might actually be<br />

good news for countries currently stuck in deflation or<br />

facing the threat of deflation (e.g. Japan and the US,<br />

respectively). On the other hand, inflation represents<br />

the biggest threat in countries where there has been<br />

domestically built up leverage.<br />

Above, we discussed the case of China, where<br />

inflation will either undermine the real value of<br />

household assets (in the case of deposit rates<br />

remaining below inflation) or the highly leveraged<br />

corporate sector faces rising funding costs (should<br />

the central bank take on the fight against inflation by<br />

increasing official lending rates). In our view, the<br />

inflation trade is the ‘anti quasi-China trade’ working<br />

against shares, commodities and last and not least<br />

the AUD. Inflation will bring the USD-funded carry<br />

trade to an abrupt halt, leading to a higher USD.<br />

Inflation will weaken the JPY<br />

Fourth, rising inflation globally will put the JPY under<br />

significant selling pressure. Japan has accumulated<br />

foreign currency hedged assets as hedging costs<br />

became virtually zero in a world where quantitative<br />

easing is a common policy tool. When inflation<br />

comes back and central banks tighten policy, the<br />

JPY will fall victim to the process.<br />

Hans Redeker 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

62<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


EURUSD Rally Eyes 1.3750-1.3950<br />

• The EURUSD rally is poised to break out above 1.3500 sparking a larger medium-term rally toward<br />

1.3745-1.3980<br />

• Bullish weekly momentum appears strong enough to fuel a larger rise toward 1.40-1.41 over the<br />

next 3-5 weeks<br />

• However, a break above 1.40 would increase the odds of a multi-month EURUSD rally toward<br />

1.4335-1.4455<br />

• The US Dollar Index (DXY) has broken its December base favouring a deeper dive towards 76.25<br />

The EURUSD rally has broken above 1.3500 this<br />

week hitting its highest level since late November.<br />

By overcoming 6 weeks of resistance between<br />

1.3435 and 1.3500, the rise favours a medium-term<br />

extension towards the 1.3745/85 resistance<br />

including the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement point of<br />

November-January’s decline.<br />

The bullish tone of weekly momentum suggests the<br />

EURUSD rally may reach 1.40-1.41 in the next 3-4<br />

weeks. Currently, weekly momentum (51% on the<br />

8-week stochastic indicator) is strongly bullish,<br />

accelerating and just crossing the neutral zone<br />

(50%). This is similar to weekly momentum<br />

conditions in early July 2010 when EURUSD was in<br />

the midst of its 1.1875-1.3335 summer rally. On a<br />

comparative basis, this suggests the EURUSD rally<br />

has scope to climb another 5-6 cents towards<br />

1.40-1.41 by the end of February.<br />

A further rise above 1.40, however, would be a very<br />

bullish longer-term development opening scope<br />

toward 1.4335-1.4455. It would suggest the June<br />

2010 rise is continuing and will ultimately be<br />

comparable to the October 2008-November 2009<br />

rise, targeting 1.4375 (the 76.4% retracement point<br />

of the November 2009-June 2010 decline) and the<br />

July 2008 downtrend near 1.4455. Such a rise could<br />

persist until mid-March to early April forming a<br />

major EURUSD top in the process.<br />

In the short term, EURUSD could see a pullback<br />

correcting some of its recent gains. Support near<br />

1.3245-1.3200 should limit such losses and provide<br />

a EURUSD buying opportunity.<br />

As the mirror image of EURUSD, the US Dollar<br />

Index (DXY) is falling sharply off its<br />

November/January 81.44/31 double-top. This<br />

week’s break of 78.77 key support (December low)<br />

risks extending the sell-off to the 76.25 double-top<br />

objective. Such a decline would increase the<br />

probability of a longer-term DXY decline towards<br />

75.50-74 akin to a EURUSD rise towards 1.43-1.45.<br />

Chart 1: EURUSD – Medium-term scope to 1.3745/85 and potentially 1.3950/80<br />

EURUSD has cleared<br />

1.4280<br />

the 1.3500 level<br />

1.4160<br />

implying the Nov-Jan<br />

1.40<br />

decline is being<br />

retraced with<br />

1.3500<br />

medium-term scope 1.36<br />

towards 1.3745/85<br />

1.3335<br />

over the next few<br />

weeks.<br />

Bullish weekly and<br />

monthly momentum<br />

could extend the rally<br />

1.32<br />

1.28<br />

1.2965<br />

1.2870<br />

towards 1.3950/80<br />

retracing 3/4ths of the<br />

Nov-Jan decline.<br />

Short-term pullbacks<br />

1.24<br />

1.20<br />

1.2642<br />

towards 1.3245<br />

1.1875<br />

support would<br />

provide a buying<br />

1.16<br />

opportunity.<br />

31-May-10 28-Jul-10 24-Sep-10 23-Nov-10 20-Jan-11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Andrew Chaveriat 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

63<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Chart 2: US Dollar Index (DXY) – Double-top targets a decline towards 76.25<br />

DXY posted a doubletop<br />

during Nov/Jan, 89<br />

88.35<br />

now favouring a<br />

deeper medium-term 87<br />

decline toward the<br />

76.25 double-top 85<br />

83.55<br />

objective. Accelerating<br />

83<br />

bearish weekly<br />

81.45<br />

momentum risks an 81<br />

even larger dive<br />

towards 75.50 and 79<br />

80.10<br />

potentially 74. Use<br />

short-term rebounds 77<br />

towards 79.50-80.00<br />

75.65<br />

75<br />

resistance to initiate<br />

31-May-10 28-Jul-10 24-Sep-10 23-Nov-10<br />

DXY short positions.<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

USDMXN has<br />

posted a sharp<br />

decline during the<br />

past 6 weeks<br />

breaking long-term<br />

12.0440 Fibonacci<br />

support and trading<br />

at levels last seen<br />

during the Lehman<br />

crisis.<br />

This decline saw<br />

USDMXN become<br />

deeply oversold. We<br />

now expect a rebound<br />

off the recent 11.9440<br />

low towards the<br />

12.17-12.23 area.<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

USDTRY has broken<br />

sharply lower through<br />

November’s major<br />

uptrend support.<br />

The bearish trend<br />

reversal has been<br />

validated by the further<br />

break below 1.5375<br />

key support.<br />

We now expect a<br />

multi-week decline<br />

towards 1.5150-1.49.<br />

Use short-term rallies<br />

towards the 1.56-1.57<br />

area to enter sell setup.<br />

Chart 3: USDMXN – Rebounding off multi-year low<br />

13.60<br />

13.40<br />

13.20<br />

13.00<br />

12.80<br />

12.60<br />

12.40<br />

12.20<br />

12.00<br />

11.80<br />

11.60<br />

13.40<br />

31-May-10<br />

12.10<br />

13.20<br />

12.45<br />

28-Jul-10<br />

13.25<br />

24-Sep-10<br />

12.15<br />

Chart 4: USDTRY – Breaking lower through major uptrend<br />

1.65<br />

1.60<br />

1.55<br />

1.50<br />

1.45<br />

1.40<br />

1.35<br />

1.5965<br />

21-May-10<br />

1.6065<br />

1.4810<br />

20-Jul-10<br />

1.5355<br />

16-Sep-10<br />

1.3830<br />

12.60<br />

23-Nov-10<br />

1.5920<br />

19-Nov-10<br />

81.30<br />

20-Jan-11<br />

11.95<br />

20-Jan-11<br />

1.5935<br />

20-Jan-11<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Andrew Chaveriat 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

64<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Currency Spot Trade Recommendations Date<br />

NOKSEK 1.1355 Sell 1.1360, stop 1.1440, target 1.1060 20 Jan 2011<br />

AUDMXN 11.930 Sell 11.980, stop 12.120, target 11.600 20 Jan 2011<br />

AUDUSD 0.9890 Short at 1.0050, stop 1.0150, target 0.9420 19 Jan 2011<br />

AUDCAD 0.9900 Short at 0.9995, stop 1.0090, target 0.9460 19 Jan 2011<br />

USDCHF 0.9630 Long at 0.9560, stop 0.9460, target 0.9990 18 Jan 2011<br />

USDJPY 82.70 Long at 82.40, stop 81.40, target 85.40 17 Jan 2011<br />

USDKZT 146.95 Short at 147.00, stop at 149.50, target 135.00 28 May 2010<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Andrew Chaveriat 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

65<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Oil Update: Brent Premium the New Norm<br />

• WTI has tested the top of a loose USD 80-<br />

90/Bbl range that we believe will be in place for<br />

H1 2011. Fundamentals have not tightened<br />

sufficiently to sustain a durable move higher in<br />

WTI.<br />

• The spread between WTI and North Sea<br />

Brent has widened significantly. Brent has<br />

developed a large premium, leading us to reassess<br />

the spread assumption to WTI we use to<br />

derive a price path for the North Sea marker.<br />

• Among the fundamental hurdles the market<br />

faces are significant spare production capacity<br />

in OPEC countries; still-elevated stocks in<br />

consuming countries; and decent y/y non-OPEC<br />

supply growth in Q1 and Q2 2011.<br />

• This year, we expect growth in world oil<br />

demand to slow to around 1.5 mb/d,<br />

commensurate with an easing of global<br />

economic growth from 4.7% to 4%.<br />

• It would not be surprising to see more funds<br />

diverted Brent’s way this year to minimise<br />

negative roll-yield, providing an additional factor<br />

of support for Brent relative to WTI in addition to<br />

the fundamentals.<br />

Testing our view for H1 2011<br />

Over the past couple of weeks, WTI has attempted<br />

but failed to sustain a rise above USD 92/Bbl. We<br />

believe that WTI will probably trade within a loose<br />

USD 80-90/Bbl range that will be in place for H1<br />

2011. Fundamentals have not yet tightened<br />

sufficiently to sustain a durable move higher in WTI.<br />

However, more noteworthy, since December, the<br />

spread between WTI and North Sea Brent has<br />

widened significantly (Chart 1). Brent has developed<br />

a large premium, leading us to re-assess the spread<br />

assumption to WTI we use to derive a price path for<br />

the North Sea marker.<br />

As we discuss further on, the persistence (against<br />

our initial views) of several factors contribute to<br />

making a Brent premium over WTI more the norm<br />

than the exception, at least for 2011 and potentially<br />

2012. As a result, we have revised up our quarterly<br />

profile, with Brent now averaging USD 90/Bbl in<br />

2011, USD 3/Bbl higher than we previously expected<br />

(Table 1). We make only marginal changes to our<br />

WTI profile, with little impact on the annual average.<br />

This is seen at USD 89/Bbl.<br />

Table 1: <strong>BNP</strong>P Crude Oil Price Forecast (18<br />

January 2011)<br />

WTI Revision (2) Brent (1) Revision (2)<br />

Q1 10 (actual) 78.78 .. 77.29 ..<br />

Q2 10 (actual) 78.04 .. 79.47 ..<br />

Q3 10 (actual) 76.11 .. 76.96 ..<br />

Q4 10 (actual) 85.19 -0.81 87.32 0.32<br />

Q1 11 85.00 2.00 88.00 5.00<br />

Q2 11 86.00 2.00 89.00 4.00<br />

Q3 11 90.00 1.00 91.00 3.00<br />

Q4 11 95.00 0.00 97.00 2.00<br />

2009 (actual) 61.79 .. 62.51 ..<br />

2010 (actual) 79.53 0.47 80.26 0.26<br />

2011 89.00 1.00 90.00 3.00<br />

2012 95.00 -1.00 97.00 2.00<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas 1) Brent is derived from an assumed spread. * 2012 is<br />

based on the forward curve spreads at the time of forecast. 2) vs. 18/11/10 Issue<br />

Chart 1: NYMEX WTI vs. ICE Brent<br />

$/Bbl<br />

NYMEX WTI Mth1 (LHS)<br />

NYMEX WTI ‐ ICE Brent Mth1 (RHS)<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Mar 08 Sep 08 Mar 09 Sep 09 Mar 10 Sep 10<br />

Source: Bloomberg and <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas.<br />

Chart 2: Oil Spreads vs. Cushing Stocks<br />

mb<br />

(Inverted)<br />

25<br />

30<br />

35<br />

40<br />

Cushing Crude Stocks (LHS)<br />

NYMEX WTI ‐ ICE Brent Mth1 (RHS)<br />

MYMEX WTI Mth1‐Mth3 (RHS)<br />

Jan 09 Jul 09 Jan 10 Jul 10 Jan 11<br />

Source: Bloomberg, U.S. EIA and <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

$/Bbl<br />

<strong>Market</strong> conditions not materially different<br />

In our previous forecast 1 , issued on 18 November<br />

2010, we said we expected only a level shift up in the<br />

trading range of WTI for the first half of 2011, rather<br />

1 Oil <strong>Market</strong> Comment “Past the QE sugar rush, then what? (18/11/10)<br />

5<br />

0<br />

‐5<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

‐5<br />

$/Bbl<br />

‐10<br />

‐15<br />

‐10<br />

Harry Tchilinguirian 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover Non-Objective Research Section<br />

66<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


than an unrelenting rise in prices as witnessed in<br />

2007-2008. This view was based on the belief that<br />

the market’s balance would tighten progressively. As<br />

such, a sustained leg-up in the price appears more<br />

sustainable in the second half of 2011.<br />

Among the fundamental hurdles the market faces,<br />

we find:<br />

• Spare production capacity in OPEC<br />

countries of about 5.5 mb/d (most of which, unlike in<br />

2008, can be processed with the additions to global<br />

refining conversion capacity over the past two years);<br />

• Still-elevated stocks in consuming countries<br />

(on a volume and demand cover basis); and<br />

• Decent y/y non-OPEC supply growth in Q1<br />

and Q2 2011. We have not changed our point of view<br />

on this assessment.<br />

If global oil demand continues to recover in 2011, this<br />

will be down to emerging markets; the West<br />

continues to struggle. As we ended 2010, world oil<br />

demand had more than recouped its recession and<br />

financial crisis induced declines of 2008-2009. Indeed,<br />

it was up almost 2.7 mb/d y/y at just under 88 mb/d.<br />

This year, we expect growth in world oil demand to<br />

slow to around 1.5 mb/d, commensurate with an<br />

easing of global economic growth from 4.7% to 4%.<br />

Even if we were to assume last’s year pace of growth<br />

in oil demand and zero non-OPEC supply growth,<br />

this would not be enough to exhaust spare<br />

production capacity in OPEC countries in 2011.<br />

Equally, in our last update, we highlighted the risk to<br />

oil prices stemming from inflationary pressures in<br />

emerging markets. We stressed that subsequent<br />

monetary policy tightening would challenge risk<br />

appetite. As a result, liquidity put into risky assets,<br />

including commodities, might be withdrawn. But the<br />

impact of tightening does not end there: expectations<br />

for economic growth and therefore oil demand growth<br />

may become challenged.<br />

Chief among countries in this situation is China, a lead<br />

contributor to oil and commodity demand growth. It<br />

has taken gradual, repeated steps towards tightening<br />

monetary conditions at home through hikes in reserve<br />

requirement for its commercial banks (as well as<br />

outright interest rate hikes and other measures)<br />

As we highlighted in our last price update and in<br />

previous market comments 2 , WTI’s behaviour relative<br />

to Brent was contemporaneous in 2009-2010 with that<br />

mb/d<br />

4.0<br />

3.5<br />

3.0<br />

Chart 3: North Sea Crude Oil Production<br />

Crude Supply<br />

Diff to 5 yr avg<br />

North Sea Crude Production<br />

0.2<br />

0.0<br />

2.5<br />

Jan 09 Jul 09 Jan 10 Jul 10 Jan 11 Jul 11<br />

Source: IEA Oil <strong>Market</strong> Report, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas.<br />

'000 Contracts<br />

1600<br />

1500<br />

1400<br />

1300<br />

1200<br />

Chart 4: WTI vs. Brent Open <strong>Interest</strong><br />

NYMEX WTI (LHS)<br />

ICE Brent (RHS)<br />

‐0.2<br />

‐0.4<br />

‐0.6<br />

‐0.8<br />

‐1.0<br />

‐1.2<br />

1000<br />

900<br />

800<br />

700<br />

1100<br />

600<br />

Jan 09 Jul 09 Jan 10 Jul 10 Jan 11<br />

Source: Bloomberg, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas.<br />

Chart 5: Share of WTI, Brent in the S&P GSCI*<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

WTI Brent<br />

36.2%<br />

32.4% 32.7%<br />

12.7%<br />

14.3% 15.1%<br />

Jan 09 Jan 10 Jan 11<br />

Source: Index sponsor and <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas. * Indicative.<br />

of its contango on the short-dated portion of the<br />

futures curve (Chart 2). While US crude oil inventories<br />

have regularly declined, mainly on the Gulf Coast,<br />

those at Cushing bucked the trend in December by<br />

climbing higher. At the last count, they stood at 37 mb,<br />

or near their mid-March peak, when both the front<br />

month contango on the WTI curve and WTI’s spread<br />

to Brent widened considerably.<br />

This accumulation of stocks, driven by either weaker<br />

off-take of crude by refiners or excess supply trapped in<br />

a landlocked location, matters less than the fact that<br />

2 Oil <strong>Market</strong> Comment “Brent/WTI Premium the Usual Suspects<br />

(24/11/10)<br />

Oil <strong>Market</strong> Comment “Brent Premium to WTI, Live to die another day<br />

(23/08/10)<br />

Harry Tchilinguirian 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover Non-Objective Research Section<br />

67<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


available capacity to store surplus crude oil is limited.<br />

While capacity at Cushing has been growing, some of<br />

this storage will be used to increase supplies of heavier<br />

Canadian grades. Alternatives in the form of floating<br />

storage will progressively fall as oil demand recovers.<br />

Given that we see lacklustre prospects for gasoline<br />

demand on the back of a jobless recovery, the scope<br />

for a recovery in US light crude demand seems limited,<br />

notably when, given the addition of conversion capacity,<br />

the heavier (and cheaper) barrel is likely to be favoured.<br />

In addition, the second phase of TransCanada’s<br />

Keystone pipeline expansion will reportedly begin<br />

service this quarter, delivering more Canadian oil<br />

directly to Cushing. A further extension of the pipeline to<br />

the Gulf Coast is still some time away, so without<br />

geographic ‘optionality’, the potential for episodic supply<br />

surpluses remains intact, as does the contango and/or<br />

weakness relative to Brent.<br />

On the Brent side, if an increase in February North<br />

Sea loadings eases supply tensions, the y/y declines<br />

in North Sea crude production (Chart 3) structurally<br />

favour a stronger Brent price. And as the production<br />

base continues to shrink, the benchmark can only<br />

become more upwardly sensitive to disruptions in<br />

comparable quality supplies (Nigerian Bonny Light<br />

for Brent and Angolan Cabinda for Forties, part of the<br />

dated Brent benchmark).<br />

Brent and commodity index switching<br />

Investors’ behaviour may finally be changing, as they<br />

seek to reduce the incidence of large negative rollyields<br />

on the WTI curve by switching to the Brent<br />

contract. While the trend in open interest for WTI and<br />

Brent over 2009-2010 has not shown clear and<br />

present divergence (Chart 4), this could change with<br />

persistence of bouts of WTI weakness tied to<br />

Cushing storage developments.<br />

Contrasting the share of WTI and Brent in the GSCI,<br />

a large long-only passive commodity index (Chart 5),<br />

the re-balancing of weightings in 2011 has been in<br />

Brent’s favour, though WTI still retains the lion’s<br />

share of oil’s contribution to the index.<br />

But investors are not confined to indices, and long<br />

positions on futures can be held independently. As<br />

such, it would not be surprising to see this year more<br />

funds diverted Brent’s way to minimise negative rollyield,<br />

providing an additional factor of support for<br />

Brent relative to WTI in addition to the fundamentals<br />

discussed above.<br />

Harry Tchilinguirian 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover Non-Objective Research Section<br />

68<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Economic Calendar: 21 - 28 January<br />

GMT Local Previous Forecast Consensus<br />

Fri 21/01 07:45 08:45 France Industry Survey (sa) : Jan 103 102 n/a<br />

09:00 10:00 Germany Ifo Headline : Jan 109.9 110.9 109.9<br />

09:00 10:00 Ifo Expectations : Jan 106.9 107.9 106.5<br />

09:00 10:00 Ifo Current Assessment : Jan 112.9 113.9 113.2<br />

09:30 09:30 UK Retail Sales (inc Autos) m/m : Dec 0.3% -2.0% -0.2%<br />

09:30 09:30 Retail Sales (inc Autos) y/y : Dec 1.1% -0.8% 1.1%<br />

14:00 15:00 Belgium Business Confidence : Dec 3.1 2.0 2.6<br />

Sun 23/01 Portugal Presidential Election<br />

Mon 24/01 00:30 11:30 Australia PPI q/q : Q4 1.3% 0.5% n/a<br />

00:30 11:30 PPI y/y : Q4 2.2% 3.2% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Netherlands Producer Confidence : Jan 2.5 4.0 n/a<br />

09:00 10:00 Eurozone PMI Manufacturing (Flash) : Jan 57.1 57.1 60.5<br />

09:00 10:00 PMI Services (Flash) : Jan 54.2 54.2 59.0<br />

09:00 10:00 PMI Composite (Flash) : Jan 55.5 55.5 n/a<br />

10:00 11:00 Industrial Orders m/m : Nov 1.4% 2.0% 2.4%<br />

Tue 25/01 00:30 11:30 Australia CPI q/q : Q4 0.7% 0.8% n/a<br />

00:30 11:30 CPI y/y : Q4 2.8% 3.0% n/a<br />

Japan BoJ <strong>Rate</strong> Announcement<br />

07:00 08:00 Germany GfK Consumer Confidence : Feb 5.4 5.4 5.4<br />

07:45 08:45 France Household Consumption m/m : Dec 2.8% -0.5% 0.3%<br />

07:45 08:45 Household Consumption y/y : Dec 1.5% -0.3% 0.3%<br />

07:45 08:45 Housing Starts (3-mths) y/y : Dec 12.1% 9.0% n/a<br />

07:45 08:45 Industry Survey : Q1 9 5 n/a<br />

08:00 09:00 Spain PPI m/m : Dec 0.3% 0.6% n/a<br />

08:00 09:00 PPI y/y : Dec 4.4% 5.0% n/a<br />

09:30 09:30 UK GDP (Prel) q/q : Q4 0.7% 0.3% 0.5%<br />

09:30 09:30 GDP (Prel) y/y : Q4 2.7% 2.4% 2.6%<br />

09:30 09:30 PSNCR : Dec GBP16.8bn GBP16.3bn GBP18.0bn<br />

09:30 09:30 PSNB : Dec GBP22.8bn GBP16.0bn GBP20.0bn<br />

12:00 07:00 Canada CPI m/m : Dec 0.1% 0.2% 0.1%<br />

12:00 07:00 CPI y/y : Dec 2.0% 2.6% 2.5%<br />

12:00 07:00 BoC Core m/m : Dec 0.0% 0.0% -0.1%<br />

12:00 07:00 BoC Core y/y : Dec 1.4% 1.8% 1.7%<br />

14:00 09:00 US S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Index : Nov<br />

15:00 10:00 Consumer Confidence : Jan 52.5 54.0 54.7<br />

15:00 10:00 FHFA HPI : Nov<br />

Wed 26/01 Australia Public Holiday<br />

09:00 10:00 Italy Retail Sales y/y : Nov -0.6% 1.5% n/a<br />

09:30 09:30 UK BoE MPC Minutes<br />

13:00 14:00 Norway Norges Bank <strong>Rate</strong> Announcement<br />

15:00 10:00 US New Home Sales : Dec 290k 300k 300k<br />

15:30 10:30 EIA Oil Inventories<br />

19:15 14:15 FOMC <strong>Rate</strong> Announcement<br />

16:00 17:00 Eurozone ECB’s Stark Speaks in Kiel, Germany<br />

17:00 18:00 France Job Seekers (ILO def. sa) : Dec 21k -5k n/a<br />

Thu 27/01 23:50 08:50 Japan Trade Balance (nsa) : Dec JPY163bn JPY572bn JPY493bn<br />

(26/01)<br />

07:45 08:45 France Consumer Confidence : Jan -36 -38 -36<br />

08:00 09:00 Spain Retail Sales (Adjusted) y/y : Dec -1.5% -2.2% n/a<br />

08:15 09:15 Sweden Consumer Confidence : Jan 20.8 20.0 n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> : Dec 7.1% 7.1% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 PPI m/m : Dec 0.8% 0.6% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 PPI y/y : Dec 2.2% 2.6% n/a<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

69<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Economic Calendar: 21 - 28 January (cont)<br />

GMT Local Previous Forecast Consensus<br />

Thu 27/01 10:00 11:00 Eurozone Economic Sentiment : Jan 106.2 106.4 106.9<br />

(cont) 10:00 11:00 Industry Sentiment : Jan 4.0 5.0 4.5<br />

10:00 11:00 Consumer Sentiment : Jan -11 -11 n/a<br />

10:30 11:30 ECB’s Bini Smaghi Speaks in Bologna<br />

18:00 19:00 ECB’s Tumpel Gugerell Speaks in Mainz, Germany<br />

10:15 11:15 Belgium CPI m/m : Jan 0.4% 0.2% n/a<br />

10:15 11:15 CPI y/y : Jan 3.1% 2.9% n/a<br />

11:00 11:00 UK CBI Distributive Trades Survey : Jan<br />

Germany States’ Cost of Living m/m : Jan 1.0% -0.5% -0.2%<br />

States’ Cost of Living y/y : Jan 1.7% 1.8% 2.1%<br />

HICP (Prel) m/m : Jan 1.2% -0.5% -0.3%<br />

HICP (Prel) y/y : Jan 1.9% 2.0% 2.3%<br />

13:30 08:30 US Durable Goods Orders m/m : Dec -0.3% 2.1% 1.5%<br />

13:30 08:30 Initial Claims 404k 425k 410k<br />

15:00 10:00 Pending Home Sales : Nov<br />

Fri 28/01 23:30 08:30 Japan CPI National y/y : Dec 0.1% -0.1% -0.2%<br />

23:30 08:30 Core CPI National y/y : Dec -0.5% -0.5% -0.5%<br />

23:30 08:30 CPI Tokyo y/y : Jan -0.2% 0.1% -0.2%<br />

23:30 08:30 Core CPI Tokyo y/y : Jan -0.4% -0.2% -0.3%<br />

23:30 08:30 Household Consumption y/y : Dec -0.4% -0.1% -0.7%<br />

23:30 08:30 Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> (sa) : Dec 5.1% 5.1% 5.1%<br />

(27/01)<br />

BoJ Minutes<br />

08:00 09:00 Spain Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> : Q4 19.8% 20.1% n/a<br />

08:00 09:00 Norway Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> (nsa) : Jan 2.7% 2.7% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Eurozone Eurocoin : Jan<br />

09:00 10:00 M3 y/y : Dec 1.9% 2.0% 2.0%<br />

09:00 10:00 M3 y/y (3-Mth) : Dec 1.3% 1.6% 1.6%<br />

09:00 10:00 Bank Lending y/y : Dec 2.0% 2.3% n/a<br />

09:10 10:10 Retail PMI : Jan 52.9 53.2 n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Sweden Retail Sales (sa) m/m : Dec 0.1% 0.3% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Retail Sales (nsa) y/y : Dec 5.3% 5.0% n/a<br />

08:30 09:30 Italy ISAE Consumer Confidence : Jan 109.1 108.6 108.9<br />

09:00 10:00 Wages m/m : Dec 0.2% 0.0% n/a<br />

09:00 10:00 Wages y/y : Dec 1.7% 1.6% n/a<br />

10:30 11:30 Switzerland KOF Leading Indicator : Jan 2.10 2.05 n/a<br />

13:30 08:30 US GDP (Adv, saar) q/q : Q4 2.6% 2.9% 3.4%<br />

13:30 08:30 GDP Deflator (Adv, saar) q/q : Q4 2.1% 1.5% 1.7%<br />

13:30 08:30 Employment Cost Index q/q : Q4 0.4% 0.5% 0.5%<br />

13:30 08:30 Employment Cost Index y/y : Q4 1.9% 2.0% n/a<br />

14:55 09:55 Michigan Sentiment (Final) : Jan 72.7 (p) 73.5 73.0<br />

During 27/1-4/2 Germany Import Prices m/m : Dec 1.2% 1.0% 1.0%<br />

Week Import Prices y/y : Dec 10.0% 10.6% 10.6%<br />

27-31 UK Nationwide House Prices Index m/m : Jan 0.4% -0.5% n/a<br />

Nationwide House Prices Index y/y : Jan 0.4% -1.1% n/a<br />

Release dates and forecasts as at c.o.b. prior to the date of publication: See Daily Economic Spotlight for any revision<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

70<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

120<br />

115<br />

110<br />

105<br />

100<br />

95<br />

90<br />

85<br />

80<br />

Chart 1: German Ifo Business Climate<br />

Expectations (4-Mth Lag)<br />

Current Conditions<br />

75<br />

93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Jan (f) Dec Nov Oct<br />

Headline 110.9 109.9 109.3 107.7<br />

Expectations 107.9 106.9 106.3 105.2<br />

Current Conditions 113.9 112.9 112.3 110.2<br />

Key Point:<br />

Sentiment will remain elevated, with the economic<br />

expansion broadening out.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Stronger for Longer<br />

Germany: Ifo Business Climate (January)<br />

Release Date: Friday 21 January<br />

Ifo’s business climate index climbed for the seventh month<br />

in succession in December, rising above its high point<br />

during the previous expansion of 2005-2008.<br />

The sub-indices measuring current business conditions<br />

and future expectations both improved, with the former at<br />

an exceptionally elevated level (see chart).<br />

The assessment of current business conditions in Germany<br />

is still a little short of its cycle high in 2006 (115.5) and we<br />

expect a further improvement in December.<br />

The improvement in Ifo’s sentiment surveys was initially<br />

due to the exceptional strength in the manufacturing and<br />

export sectors but domestic sectors, including retail, have<br />

also shown a pronounced improvement more recently. The<br />

business climate index for the retail sector has risen to its<br />

strongest level since the early 1990s. Survey participants<br />

have signalled a moderation in the rate of externally driven<br />

growth relative to the spring peaks but domestic demand is<br />

taking up the baton.<br />

The latest round of hard activity data has been strong in<br />

Germany, with industrial orders recording one of the largest<br />

increases on record in November. This points to a further<br />

pick-up in expectations.<br />

Chart 2: UK Retail Sales vs RICS Sales to Stocks<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

% m/m -2.0 0.3 0.7 -0.5<br />

% y/y -0.8 1.1 0.4 0.3<br />

% 3m/3m -0.1 0.2 0.5 1.1<br />

% 3m/yr 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.8<br />

Key Point:<br />

We expect retail sales to show an initial fall of 2%<br />

m/m, with the risk of a downward revision at a later<br />

stage.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Sharp Fall<br />

UK: Retail Sales (December)<br />

Release Date: Friday 21 January<br />

We expect UK retail sales to fall by 2% m/m in December,<br />

largely due to snow-related disruption. The coldest<br />

December on record and widespread snow prevented<br />

shoppers from getting to the high street and deliveries to<br />

stores. As a guide, the last time there was disruption of this<br />

nature (January 2010), the initial estimate of retail sales<br />

was for a 1.2% m/m fall. This was subsequently revised<br />

down to a decline of over 3% m/m. We suspect a similar<br />

outcome is likely this time round.<br />

Within the breakdown, clothing sales are likely to perform<br />

well given the experience of January 2010 and anecdotal<br />

reports – not least from the BRC retail sales monitor.<br />

Meanwhile, the headline measure also includes auto fuel<br />

sales. These plunged by 8.5% m/m in January 2010 as<br />

fewer road journeys were made. Given the proximity to<br />

Christmas and the likelihood that travel plans were<br />

abandoned, we expect this component to fall by at least as<br />

much.<br />

The bottom line is there is likely to be a sizeable fall that<br />

will be vulnerable to revision. Further, the fall is likely to be<br />

temporary and a bounce back to some extent the following<br />

month is likely. We suspect that the VAT hike in January<br />

will mean the bounce is rather muted.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

71<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

65<br />

60<br />

55<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

Chart 3: Eurozone PMI by Sector<br />

Services<br />

Manufacturing<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Jan (f) Dec Nov Oct<br />

Manufacturing 57.1 57.1 55.3 54.6<br />

Services 54.2 54.2 55.4 53.3<br />

Composite 55.5 55.5 55.5 53.8<br />

Key Point:<br />

PMI data will again highlight divergence between the<br />

core and peripheral economies.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Internal Divergence<br />

Eurozone: ‘Flash’ PMIs (January)<br />

Release Date: Monday 24 January<br />

Activity in manufacturing has re-accelerated since autumn<br />

last year, with the eurozone PMI for the sector increasing<br />

in each of the three months to December.<br />

The levels of the headline index and the main sub-indices<br />

for orders and output have risen back towards their cycle<br />

highs of spring 2009. The employment sub-index has also<br />

improved markedly, rising to its highest level in more than<br />

a decade (to 53.8 in December).<br />

This strength, however, has been driven largely by robust<br />

activity in the ‘core’ countries and in Germany in particular.<br />

The latter’s headline, output and orders sub-indices have<br />

all risen back above the 60 level, consistent with unusually<br />

strong growth rates in the manufacturing sector.<br />

The growth rates signalled by the peripheral countries’ PMI<br />

data, while improving, have been much less elevated. The<br />

service sector PMIs in the peripheral countries have been<br />

deteriorating, consistent with weak consumer demand, in<br />

turn due to fiscal austerity programmes.<br />

In Germany, in contrast, the service sector has been doing<br />

well, as the expansion becomes more broad based. This<br />

has been insufficient to prevent the service sector PMI for<br />

the eurozone as a whole from losing ground.<br />

The input price sub-index for the manufacturing PMI in the<br />

eurozone has risen sharply, due to commodity price rises.<br />

Output prices have also been rising, but by less.<br />

Chart 4: UK GDP vs Composite CIPS<br />

Source: INSEE, Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Q4 (f) Q3 Q2 Q1<br />

GDP % q/q 0.3 0.7 1.1 0.3<br />

GDP % y/y 2.4 2.7 1.6 -0.3<br />

Ind Prod % q/q 0.4 0.6 1.1 1.0<br />

Services % q/q 0.2 0.5 0.6 0.3<br />

Key Point:<br />

We expect a sluggish 0.3% q/q pace of expansion,<br />

held back to a large extent by snow-related<br />

disruption.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Sluggish<br />

UK: GDP (Prel Q4)<br />

Release Date: Tuesday 25 January<br />

We expect GDP growth to decelerate to 0.3% q/q during<br />

Q4, held back by snow-related disruption. Industrial<br />

production growth had been solid in the first two months of<br />

the quarter. However, we expect a weak December<br />

reading for manufacturing to dampen the quarterly<br />

average. Business services output growth ground to a halt<br />

during Q3, consistent with the dip in the services sector<br />

CIPS. We expect a slight improvement during Q4, though<br />

again a weak December is likely to hold back the quarterly<br />

average.<br />

Manufacturing and business services accounted for only<br />

0.1% point of the 0.7% q/q expansion during Q3. The bulk<br />

of the growth was accounted for by construction and<br />

government output. We expect construction to continue to<br />

decelerate from the super-strong pace recorded in mid-<br />

2010. Similarly, distribution output is likely to have suffered,<br />

not least given the poor performance of retail sales during<br />

Q4.<br />

Overall, we expect a sluggish pace of expansion though<br />

dampened to a large extent by temporary weather related<br />

influences. These should reverse during Q1 helping growth<br />

to reaccelerate. However, at that stage the impact of fiscal<br />

tightening should prevent growth from rebounding<br />

drastically.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

72<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

Chart 5: French Sales of Manuf. Goods (3m avg)<br />

16<br />

12<br />

8<br />

4<br />

0<br />

-4<br />

-8<br />

Total (% 3m/3m annualised)<br />

Sales excl. autos (% 3m/3m annualised)<br />

-12<br />

Jan May Sep Jan May Sep Jan May Sep Jan May Sep<br />

07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Volume index Dec (f) Nov Oct Dec 09<br />

SA-WDA<br />

% m/m -0.5 2.8 -0.6 1.4<br />

% y/y -0.3 1.5 -0.3 5.4<br />

Key Point:<br />

The surge in sales seen in November should be<br />

partly corrected in December, despite very strong<br />

car sales.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Correction<br />

France: Hh Consumption of Manuf. Goods (December)<br />

Release Date: Tuesday 25 January<br />

Retail sales of manufactured goods were extremely strong<br />

in November, rising 2.8% m/m. This was due to a<br />

combination of favourable factors. Christmas shopping<br />

started early, cold weather favoured sales of winter clothes<br />

and shoes (+2.9% m/m) and, most importantly, car sales<br />

soared 14.9% m/m. Since that gain was triggered by the<br />

prospect of the end of the car sales incentive (EUR 500 per<br />

car), car sales will increase further in December. However<br />

sales will remain below end-2009 levels as the incentive<br />

was twice that amount at the time.<br />

The decline in sales of other items should outweigh the<br />

positive impact of car sales in December. Sales of<br />

electronic items seem to have lost momentum in the last<br />

few months. The cold weather may have maintained<br />

demand for clothes and shoes, but the level of sales has<br />

probably eased. In any case, snowy and icy weather surely<br />

curbed sales in the week leading up to Christmas, with little<br />

prospect of catch-up thereafter. This slower pace of sales<br />

in the second half of December likely continued into early<br />

January, in particular because of the late official starting<br />

date for the seasonal sales.<br />

The correction of the November surge is thus likely to be<br />

split over the following two months.<br />

Chart 6: US Consumer Confidence<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Jan (f) Jan 2H Jan p Dec<br />

Conference Board 54.0 - - 52.5<br />

Michigan Sentiment 73.5 74.3 72.7 74.5<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Up<br />

US: Consumer Confidence (January)<br />

Release Date: Tuesday 25 January<br />

The Conference Board Index of Consumer Confidence<br />

dropped to 52.5 from 54.3 in December. In January, we<br />

expect a partial rebound in the index to 54.0. While<br />

consumer confidence measures have struggled to find a<br />

consistent upward path lately, it should continue trending<br />

upward as the economy continues to expand and the<br />

labour market gradually improves. Indeed, according to the<br />

latest Beige Book, “Labor markets in most Districts appear<br />

to be firming somewhat”. In addition, earlier this month, the<br />

latest weekly index of consumer sentiment by Langer<br />

Research Associates (formerly known as the ABC News<br />

Consumer Confidence Index), increased to the highest<br />

level since 2008. However, certain factors such as surging<br />

gasoline prices and high unemployment rates should<br />

continue to limit confidence from accelerating above the<br />

recent trend.<br />

Key Point:<br />

In January, we expect a partial rebound in the<br />

Conference Board index to 54.0 after the previous<br />

month’s decline.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

73<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

Chart 7: Canadian Inflation<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Short-lived Pressure<br />

Canada: CPI (December)<br />

Release Date: Tuesday 25 January<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

m/m % Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

CPI 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2<br />

Bank of Canada Core 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.2<br />

Key Point:<br />

Energy prices are likely to push prices higher in<br />

December, but this looks like a bump in y/y inflation.<br />

We expect Canadian headline CPI to increase by 0.2% in<br />

November, as higher energy prices continue to pressure<br />

the headline inflation index. Consequently, headline<br />

inflation should pick up to 2.6% y/y in December from 2.0%<br />

in November. This high y/y reading is likely just a one-off<br />

as we expect the y/y inflation to be limited moving forward<br />

as a result of base effects.<br />

The Bank of Canada core CPI is expected to be flat at<br />

0.0% m/m in December. Shelter costs are likely to be a<br />

significant factor in November’s reading. Note that food,<br />

shelter and transportation prices make up 63.5% of the<br />

headline inflation index.<br />

Looking forward, the main upside risks to the inflation<br />

outlook are higher commodity prices and more energy<br />

price pressures. On the other hand, a deceleration in the<br />

growth of unit labour costs and a more pronounced<br />

correction in the housing market should limit core inflation<br />

growth.<br />

Chart 8: Japan Trade Balance (JPY bn, s.a.)<br />

1400<br />

1200<br />

1000<br />

800<br />

600<br />

400<br />

200<br />

0<br />

-200<br />

-400<br />

-600<br />

-800<br />

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

JPYbn Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

Trade balance (nsa) 571.8 162.8 821.3 788.5<br />

Trade balance (sa) 677.0 425.7 575.7 626.8<br />

Key Point:<br />

Real export growth should stabilise shortly and<br />

return to pronounced expansion from the spring.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Larger Surplus<br />

Japan: Trade Data (December)<br />

Release Date: Thursday 27 January<br />

Based on trade data through mid-December, we expect<br />

exports (both nominal and real) to have expanded in<br />

December and imports (both nominal and real) to have<br />

been flat. The seasonally adjusted trade surplus should<br />

thus expand over November.<br />

In November, nominal exports rose on rebounding export<br />

prices but real exports fell for a fourth straight month,<br />

reflecting the fading impact of overseas inventory<br />

restocking and fiscal stimulus, coupled with moderate<br />

adjustments of worldwide inventory levels for IT/high-tech<br />

products. Even so, with exports to China, Japan’s top<br />

trading partner, again accelerating, there are signs that real<br />

exports are set to revive. Such strength dovetails with<br />

recent Chinese indicators showing domestic demand is<br />

expanding and the Chinese manufacturing cycle has<br />

recovered (manufacturing PMI has been soaring since<br />

bottoming out in July). What is more, the manufacturing<br />

cycles in the US and EU are belatedly following China’s<br />

lead, showing signs of improvement from October.<br />

Accordingly, we expect real export growth will stabilise<br />

shortly and return to pronounced expansion from the<br />

spring.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

74<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

-30<br />

-35<br />

-40<br />

Chart 9: Eurozone Sentiment by Sector<br />

Consumer<br />

Industry<br />

Construction<br />

99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Jan (f) Dec Nov Oct<br />

Economic Sentiment 106.4 106.2 105.1 103.8<br />

Industry 5 4 1 0<br />

Services 9 10 10 8<br />

Consumer -11 -11 -9 -11<br />

Key Point:<br />

Sentiment remains elevated but divergence persists<br />

at the sectoral and national level.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Internal Divergence<br />

Eurozone: Economic Sentiment (January)<br />

Release Date: Thursday 27 September<br />

The eurozone economic sentiment index improved in eight<br />

of the nine months to December, reaching its highest level<br />

since October 2007 prior to the financial crisis.<br />

The key driver of the improvement in sentiment has been<br />

the industrial sector, which has the highest weighting of the<br />

five main sub-sectors (at 40% of the total). Other leading<br />

indicators for the sector, including the manufacturing PMI,<br />

remain elevated, implying that sentiment will continue to do<br />

well, supported by strong global demand.<br />

The domestically-driven sentiment sub-surveys, like retail<br />

and consumer confidence, have fared less well. This is due<br />

in part to austerity programmes in the economies with their<br />

public finances in worst shape.<br />

In the core countries, and Germany in particular, the overall<br />

level of sentiment is much more elevated and domesticallydriven<br />

sub-surveys have done comparatively well. The gap<br />

between the level of consumer sentiment in Germany and<br />

for the eurozone as a whole is at a record high.<br />

Surveys of price expectations in the household sector have<br />

risen sharply from 2009’s lows, as have pricing intentions<br />

of industrial firms, linked to commodity price trends. They<br />

remain well below past peaks, however.<br />

Chart 10: Germany Preliminary CoL<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Jan (f) Dec Nov Oct<br />

CoL m/m -0.5 1.0 0.1 0.1<br />

CoL y/y 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.3<br />

HICP m/m -0.5 1.2 0.1 0.1<br />

HICP y/y 2.0 1.9 1.6 1.3<br />

Key Point:<br />

We expect a further acceleration, led by food and<br />

core prices.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Further Acceleration<br />

Germany: Preliminary Cost of Living (January)<br />

Release Date: Thursday 27 January<br />

We expect headline CPI inflation to accelerate further in<br />

January, up by 0.1pp point to 1.8% y/y – the highest since<br />

October 2008. We expect the HICP measure to rise by the<br />

same margin, to 2.0% y/y.<br />

The acceleration is likely to be largely due to a combination<br />

of higher core inflation and food prices while energy<br />

inflation ticks lower. More specifically, food prices are likely<br />

to continue accelerating in y/y terms as the CPI catches up<br />

with the jump in soft commodities during late 2010.<br />

Rising core inflation is likely to be driven by the clothing<br />

and household goods components. Clothing should<br />

accelerate mainly due to base effects related to a<br />

substantial drop last January that we don’t expect to be<br />

repeated this January. It is a similar story for household<br />

goods.<br />

Energy inflation is likely to reflect two opposing forces.<br />

Rising utility bills should add to inflation but be more than<br />

offset by the fall in transport prices as fuel costs rose by<br />

less than they did during the same month a year earlier.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

75<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

Chart 11: French Household Confidence Vs. CPI<br />

-1.0<br />

-0.5<br />

0.0<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

1.5<br />

2.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.0<br />

Inflation <strong>Rate</strong> (%y/y, inverted)<br />

3.5<br />

4.0<br />

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

EU Commission Index (RHS)<br />

New INSEE Index (RHS)<br />

Diffusion Index, SA Jan 11 (f) Dec Nov Jan 10<br />

INSEE indices:<br />

Overall -38 -36 -33 -30<br />

Buying opportunity -22 -21 -20 -21<br />

EU Commis. Index:<br />

Headline -18.5 -17.5 -16.6 -16.0<br />

Key Point:<br />

Higher food and energy prices are exerting<br />

downward pressure on wage earners' purchasing<br />

power and confidence.<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

-30<br />

-35<br />

-40<br />

-45<br />

-50<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Under Pressure<br />

France: Household Confidence (January)<br />

Release Date: Thursday 27 January<br />

French household confidence fell heavily in December.<br />

According to INSEE, the headline index lost 3 points,<br />

pushing it down to its lowest level since July. This fall is<br />

clearly due to accelerating inflation; in particular, food and<br />

energy prices, to which households are highly sensitive,<br />

have been rising sharply.<br />

This caused a sharp drop in the personal financial situation<br />

as well as living standards, both present and future.<br />

Spending plans as well as expected savings fell as a result.<br />

Since food and energy prices have increased further since<br />

the December survey was carried out, January confidence<br />

is unlikely to post any recovery. The improvement in the<br />

labour market has been very slow recently, which does not<br />

help. We forecast further deterioration of confidence, for<br />

the same reasons as in December, though at a slower<br />

pace.<br />

What matters for economic growth is the impact on actual<br />

private consumption. The INSEE indicators have<br />

underestimated the level of consumption for several years,<br />

and the situation is not as bad as it looks. However, the<br />

deterioration is undeniable as the EU Commission index<br />

shows.<br />

Chart 12: US: Investment to Slow in Q4<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Increase on Aircraft<br />

US: Durable Goods (December)<br />

Release Date: Thursday 27 January<br />

Durable goods orders are expected to increase 2.1% m/m<br />

in December, reflecting a solid increase in orders for<br />

Boeing aircraft. Meanwhile, we look for orders ex<br />

transportation to increase by 0.5% m/m after surging 3.6%<br />

a month prior. The November ex-transportation reading<br />

was the second-strongest monthly increase in 2010, largely<br />

driven by defence orders and expected to reverse in<br />

December. However, consistent with a similar dynamic in<br />

other manufacturing indicators, we expect core capital<br />

goods orders to improve by 1.5% m/m. We look for<br />

equipment and software investment to moderate from<br />

15.4% q/q a.r. in Q3, but still grow by a solid 5.0% in Q4.<br />

% m/m Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

Durable Goods 2.1 -0.3 -3.1 4.9<br />

Ex-Transport 0.5 3.6 -2.0 1.1<br />

Key Point:<br />

Durable goods orders are expected to increase 2.1%<br />

m/m in December, reflecting a solid increase in<br />

orders for Boeing aircraft.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

76<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

-1<br />

Chart 13: Japanese CPI (% y/y)<br />

Core CPI<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Same <strong>Rate</strong> of Decline<br />

Japan: CPI (National, December)<br />

Release Date: Friday 28 January<br />

In November, the rate of decline in the national core CPI<br />

eased 0.1pp from October to -0.5% y/y on higher prices for<br />

petroleum products and food (prices for both components<br />

were unchanged m/m). Excluding energy and food (but not<br />

alcohol), the US-like core CPI fell 0.1pp faster than<br />

October, coming in at -0.9% y/y.<br />

-2<br />

-3<br />

CPI excluding energy and food, but not alcohol<br />

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

% y/y Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

Core CPI -0.5 -0.5 -0.6 -1.1<br />

CPI -0.1 0.1 0.2 -0.6<br />

Based on the Tokyo CPI numbers for December (after<br />

making allowances for differences with the national index),<br />

we estimate that the national core CPI should be<br />

unchanged from November at -0.5% y/y. While deflationary<br />

pressures are easing, the rate of improvement is being<br />

tempered by downward pressures from the yen’s<br />

appreciation in the summer, coupled with the stalling of<br />

improvements in the output gap. In this respect, slowing<br />

exports and fallout from the end of green car subsidies are<br />

likely to cause the economy to contract in Q4.<br />

Key Point:<br />

While deflationary pressures are easing,<br />

improvements in the national core CPI will likely<br />

stall in December.<br />

Chart 14: Japanese Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> (% s.a.)<br />

6.0<br />

5.5<br />

5.0<br />

4.5<br />

4.0<br />

3.5<br />

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

% s.a. Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

Unemployment rate 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0<br />

Key Point:<br />

With the economy expected to contract in Q4,<br />

improvements on the job front will probably remain<br />

stalled for the time being.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Flat<br />

Japan: Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong> (December)<br />

Release Date: Friday 28 January<br />

We expect the unemployment rate in December to remain<br />

at 5.1% for the third straight month. After rapidly improving<br />

from a record-high of 5.6% in July 2009 to 4.9% in<br />

January-February 2010, the jobless rate has subsequently<br />

seesawed in the low 5% range, as improvements on the<br />

job front have stalled.<br />

While job losses from downsizing/business failures has<br />

declined, individuals seeking new jobs or better working<br />

conditions are finding few opportunities. Corporations are<br />

reluctant to aggressively hire owing to lingering perceptions<br />

of over-staffing, as labour adjustments during the last<br />

recession focused on working hours, thereby leaving<br />

payrolls relatively intact.<br />

Although perceptions of excessive employment are steadily<br />

waning, it will be some time before job growth clearly picks<br />

up, especially since the economy looks headed for a<br />

momentary contraction in Q4 due to the winding down of<br />

stimulus programmes.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

77<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Key Data Preview<br />

Chart 15: Eurozone M3 & Bank Lending (% y/y)<br />

12.5<br />

10.0<br />

7.5<br />

5.0<br />

2.5<br />

0.0<br />

Private Sector<br />

Bank Lending<br />

M3<br />

-2.5<br />

92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

% y/y Dec (f) Nov Oct Sep<br />

M3 2.0 1.9 0.9 1.1<br />

M3 (3-mth Avg.) 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8<br />

Private Sector Loans 2.3 2.0 1.5 1.3<br />

Key Point:<br />

<strong>Rate</strong>s of growth in M3 and bank lending are low by<br />

past standards but are trending higher.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Low But Rising<br />

Eurozone: Monetary Developments (December)<br />

Release Date: Friday 28 January<br />

The y/y growth rate in M3 accelerated to its strongest level<br />

in fifteen months in November, rising from 0.9% to 1.9%.<br />

This was driven, in part, by base effects. The three-month<br />

average y/y rate of growth rose for the seventh successive<br />

month but to a less elevated 1.3%.<br />

The y/y growth rate in private sector bank lending rose to a<br />

20-month high in November, from 1.5% to 2.0%. The m/m<br />

rise of 0.7% was the biggest since before the intensification<br />

of the financial crisis (March 2008 to be precise). The y/y<br />

rate of change is almost three percentage points above its<br />

trough in October 2009 (of -0.8%).<br />

Loans to households have been the main driver of the pickup,<br />

though the rate of growth has lost some momentum in<br />

recent months. The y/y rate of increase slipped to 2.7% in<br />

November and has been going sideways for the past three<br />

quarters. Lending for mortgages has been robust, rising by<br />

over 3% y/y since May 2010, while consumer credit has<br />

continued to contract on a y/y basis.<br />

Lending to the non-financial corporate sector is lagging that<br />

for households, as is typically the case. The rate of decline<br />

has moderated, however, to -0.1% y/y in November.<br />

Looking beyond special factors, the ECB continues to view<br />

M3 and lending growth rates as “low”.<br />

Source: Reuters EcoWin Pro<br />

Chart 16: US: Final Demand<br />

Q4 (a) Q3 Q2 Q1<br />

GDP % q/q AR 2.9 2.6 1.7 3.7<br />

GDP Deflator % q/q AR 1.5 2.1 1.9 1.0<br />

Key Point:<br />

The moderate 2.9% q/q saar gain in overall GDP we<br />

expect would reflect a 4.4% surge in final demand<br />

and a 1.5pp drag from inventories.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Forecast: Strong Final Demand<br />

US: GDP (Q3a 2010)<br />

Release Date: Friday 29 October<br />

GDP is forecast to grow 2.9% q/q saar in Q4, up from 2.6%<br />

in Q3. The tone of the report should be much stronger than<br />

the headline suggests, however, as inventories are<br />

expected to subtract 1.5pp from growth while final demand<br />

is forecast to surge 4.4%. The reading would represent the<br />

first time since the recovery began that final demand grew<br />

at a pace above the economy’s potential (see chart).<br />

For the year as a whole, final demand will have risen 1.9%.<br />

Trade is expected to contribute 1.7pp to growth after<br />

subtracting an average 2.6pp over the prior two quarters.<br />

Consumer spending is also expected to surge 3.5%, on<br />

strong holiday spending. Meanwhile, government should<br />

be subdued as contraction in state and local government<br />

spending nearly offsets surging federal outlays on defence.<br />

Equipment and software spending is expected to grow at a<br />

more moderate pace while both commercial and residential<br />

real estate should post modest declines. The GDP deflator<br />

is expected to rise 1.5%, which would lead to reasonably<br />

healthy nominal GDP growth of 4.4%, similar to the prior<br />

quarter.<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

78<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Economic Calendar: 31 Jan – 25 Feb<br />

31 January 1 February 2 February 3 February 4 February<br />

Japan: IP Dec, Housing<br />

Starts Dec<br />

Eurozone: HICP (Flash)<br />

Jan<br />

UK: GfK Consumer<br />

Confidence Jan<br />

Italy: PPI Dec<br />

Spain: HICP (Flash) Jan<br />

Norway: Retail Sales Dec<br />

US: Personal Income &<br />

Spending Dec, Chicago<br />

PMI Jan<br />

Canada: GDP Nov<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

Australia: RBA <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Announcement, NAB<br />

Business Conditions Dec<br />

Eurozone: Labour Dec,<br />

Manufacturing PMI (Final)<br />

Jan<br />

UK: CIPS Manu Jan, Net<br />

Consumer Credit Dec,<br />

Mortgage Approvals Dec<br />

Germany: Labour Dec<br />

France: PPI Dec<br />

US: Construction Dec,<br />

ISM Manufacturing Jan<br />

Eurozone: PPI Dec<br />

Norway: Labour Nov<br />

US: Challenger Job<br />

Losses Jan, ADP Labour<br />

Jan<br />

Australia: Trade Balance<br />

Dec<br />

Eurozone: ECB <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Announcement & Press<br />

Conference, Retail Sales<br />

Dec, Services PMI (Final)<br />

Jan<br />

UK: CIPS Services (Final)<br />

Jan<br />

US: Productivity & Costs<br />

(Prel) Q4, Factory Orders<br />

Dec, ISM Services Jan<br />

Italy: CPI (Prel) Feb<br />

Spain: Industrial<br />

Production Dec<br />

US: Labour Jan<br />

Canada: Labour Jan<br />

During Week: Germany Retail Sales Dec, UK Halifax House Prices Jan<br />

7 February 8 February 9 February 10 February 11 February<br />

Australia: Retail Sales<br />

Dec<br />

Japan: Leading Indicator<br />

Dec<br />

Germany: Factory Orders<br />

Dec<br />

Norway: Industrial<br />

Production Dec<br />

US: Consumer Credit<br />

Dec<br />

Japan: M2 Jan, Current<br />

Account Dec<br />

UK: BRC Retail Sales<br />

Monitor Jan, RICS House<br />

Prices Jan<br />

Germany: Industrial<br />

Production Dec<br />

France: BoF Survey Jan,<br />

Trade Balance Dec,<br />

Budget Balance Dec<br />

Neths: IP Dec<br />

US: NFIB Small Business<br />

Optimism Jan<br />

Australia: Westpac<br />

Consumer Confidence<br />

Feb<br />

UK: Trade Balance Dec<br />

Germany: Trade Balance<br />

Dec<br />

France: Investment<br />

Survey Jan<br />

Australia: Labour Jan<br />

Japan: CGPI Jan,<br />

Machinery Orders Dec<br />

Eurozone: ECB Bulletin<br />

UK: BoE <strong>Rate</strong> Ann, IP Dec<br />

France: IP Dec<br />

Italy: IP Dec<br />

Sweden: IP Dec<br />

Norway: CPI Jan, PPI Jan<br />

Neths: CPI Jan<br />

Switz: CPI Jan<br />

US: Wholesale Inv Dec,<br />

Treasury Statement Jan<br />

UK: PPI Jan<br />

Germany: HICP Jan<br />

France: Current Account<br />

Dec, Non-Farm Payrolls<br />

(Prel) Q4, Wages (Prel)<br />

Q4<br />

Spain: GDP (Flash) Q4<br />

Sweden: AMV Labour<br />

Jan<br />

US: Trade Balance Dec,<br />

UoM Sentiment (Prel)<br />

Feb<br />

During Week: Germany WPI Jan<br />

14 February 15 February 16 February 17 February 18 February<br />

Eurozone: Industrial<br />

Production Dec<br />

Australia: NAB Business<br />

Conditions Jan<br />

Eurozone: GDP (Flash)<br />

Q4, Trade Balance Dec<br />

UK: DCLG House Prices<br />

Dec, CPI Jan<br />

Germany: GDP (Flash)<br />

Q4, ZEW Survey Feb<br />

France: GDP (Prel) Q4<br />

Italy: Trade Balance Dec<br />

Spain: HICP Jan<br />

Sweden: <strong>Rate</strong> Ann<br />

Neths: GDP (Prel) Q4,<br />

Retail Sales Dec<br />

US: Empire State Survey<br />

Feb, Retail Sales Jan,<br />

Import Prices Jan, TICS<br />

Data Dec, Business<br />

Inventories Dec, NAHB<br />

Housing <strong>Market</strong> Feb<br />

UK: Labour Dec, BoE<br />

Inflation Report<br />

Spain: GDP (Final) Q4<br />

Belgium: GDP (Flash) Q4<br />

US: New Home Starts<br />

Jan, PPI Jan, Industrial<br />

Production Jan, FOMC<br />

Minutes<br />

Eurozone: Current<br />

Account Dec, ECB<br />

Governing Council<br />

Meeting (No <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Announcement)<br />

Sweden: CPI Jan, Labour<br />

Jan<br />

Norway: GDP Q4<br />

Neths: Labour Jan<br />

US: CPI Jan, Philly Fed<br />

Feb, Leading Indicators<br />

Jan<br />

UK: Retail Sales Jan<br />

Germany: PPI Jan<br />

Italy: Non-EU Trade<br />

Balance Jan<br />

Belgium: Consumer<br />

Confidence Feb<br />

Neths: Consumer<br />

Confidence Feb<br />

Canada: CPI Jan<br />

21 February 22 February 23 February 24 February 25 February<br />

UK: Rightmove House<br />

Prices Feb, PSNB Jan,<br />

PSNCR Jan<br />

Eurozone: PMIs (Flash)<br />

Feb<br />

Germany: Ifo Survey Jan<br />

Neths: Producer<br />

Confidence Feb<br />

US: Public Holiday<br />

Japan: BoJ Monetary<br />

Policy Meeting Minutes<br />

France: Housing Starts<br />

Jan, Industry Survey Feb<br />

Belgium: Business<br />

Confidence Feb<br />

US: S&P/Case-Shiller<br />

House Prices Dec,<br />

Consumer Confidence<br />

Feb<br />

Japan: Trade Balance<br />

Jan<br />

Australia: Wage Cost<br />

Index Q4<br />

Eurozone: Industrial<br />

Orders Dec<br />

UK: BoE Minutes<br />

France: CPI Jan<br />

Italy: CPI Jan<br />

Norway: Labour Dec<br />

US: Existing Home Sales<br />

Jan<br />

During Week: Germany Import Price Index Jan, GfK Consumer Confidence Mar<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Eurozone: Business &<br />

Consumer Survey Feb<br />

Germany: GDP (Final)<br />

Q4<br />

France: Consumer<br />

Confidence Feb, Job<br />

Seekers Jan<br />

Italy: Retail Sales Dec<br />

Sweden: Consumer<br />

Confidence Feb<br />

US: Durable Goods<br />

Orders Jan, FHFA House<br />

Prices Dec, New Home<br />

Sales Jan<br />

Release dates as at c.o.b. prior to the date of this publication. See our Daily Spotlight for any revisions<br />

79<br />

Japan: CPI Tokyo Feb,<br />

CPI National Jan<br />

Eurozone: Monetary<br />

Developments Jan,<br />

Eurocoin Feb<br />

UK: GDP (Prel) Q4<br />

Germany: HICP (Prel)<br />

Feb<br />

France: Retail Sales Jan<br />

Spain: PPI Jan<br />

Belgium: CPI Feb<br />

Switz: KOF Leading<br />

Indicator Feb<br />

US: GDP (2 nd Est) Q4,<br />

UoM Sentiment (Final)<br />

Feb<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Treasury and SAS Issuance Calendar<br />

0Global <strong>Market</strong>s, Home Page<br />

just one click on “<strong>Market</strong> Calendar” for more details<br />

In the pipeline - Treasuries:<br />

Ireland: To resume borrowing as soon as market conditions permit<br />

Italy: BTP Sep 2021 (new) to be issued in Q1<br />

Poland: Plans to issue dollar-denominated bonds in H1. Is also considering issuing bonds denominated in yen and euros<br />

Portugal: Expects to launch a new bond via a syndicate in Q1. Another new bond issue is possible at a later date<br />

UK: Two mini tenders, one in February and another in March<br />

Belgium: Cancelled its bond auction scheduled for 31 January<br />

Finland: To launch two new euro-denominated benchmark bonds in 2011, a new 10y in H1<br />

Czech Rep.: May sell up to EUR 2bn of bonds in May<br />

Denmark: In 2011, to issue a 5-year EUR loan (EUR 1-2bn); EUR or USD loans may be issued in the 2-5y maturity segment<br />

Slovak Rep.: Plans to raise as much as EUR 4bn through syndicated sales<br />

During the week:<br />

UK: Index-Linked Gilt 1.25% Nov 2055 (re-opening, syndicated, GBP)<br />

FNMA: Second syndicated auction in January, details announced on 27 January<br />

Date Day Closing Country Issues Details <strong>BNP</strong>P forecasts<br />

Local GMT<br />

21/01 Fri 11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2018 - 2020) USD 7-9bn<br />

24/01 Mon 12:00 03:00 Japan JGBs 10y Auction for Enhanced-liquidity issue 208-309<br />

JGBs 20y Auction for Enhanced-liquidity issue 59-88<br />

JPY 0.3tn<br />

Slovak Rep. SLOVGB 14 Oct 2013 (#215 - floating rate)<br />

EUR 0.2bn<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2016 - 2017) USD 7-9bn<br />

25/01 Tue Neths DSL 5% 15 Jul 2012 (Off-the-run facility)<br />

DSL 4.5% 15 Jul 2017 (Off-the-run facility)<br />

EUR 2-3bn<br />

Denmark DGB 5% 15 Nov 2013<br />

DGB 3% 15 Nov 2021<br />

12:00 17:00 Canada Repurchase of 10 Cash Mgt Bonds (Jun11 - Jun12) CAD 0.5bn<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2015 - 2016) USD 6-8bn<br />

13:00 18:00 US Notes 0.5% 31 Jan 2013 (new) USD 35bn<br />

26/01 Wed 10:55 09:55 Italy CTZ 21 Jan<br />

11:00 10:00 Germany Bund 3.25% 4 Jul 2042 EUR 2bn<br />

11:00 10:00 Sweden T-bonds 5% 1 Dec 2020 (# 1047) SEK 2bn<br />

12:00 17:00 Canada CAN 2-year 20 Jan<br />

13:00 18:00 US Notes 2% 31 Jan 2016 (new) USD 35bn<br />

27/01 Thu 12:00 03:00 Japan JGB 15 Feb 2013 JPY 2.6tn<br />

10:55 09:55 Italy BTPeis 21 Jan EUR 2-3bn<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2012 - 2013) USD 4-6bn<br />

13:00 18:00 US Notes 2.75% 31 Jan 2018 (new) USD 29bn<br />

28/01 Fri 10:55 09:55 Italy 3 & 10y BTPs and CCT 21 Jan EUR 7-9bn<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2018 - 2020) USD 7-9bn<br />

31/01 Mon 11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2013 - 2014) USD 6-8bn<br />

01/02 Tue 12:00 03:00 Japan JGB 10-year 25 Jan JPY 2.2tn<br />

11:00 10:00 Austria RAGBs 25 Jan EUR1.5-2.5bn<br />

10:30 10:30 UK Gilt 2% 22 Jan 2016 25 Jan<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright TIPS Purchase (2013 - 2040) USD 1-2bn<br />

02/02 Wed 12:00 17:00 Canada CAN 10-year 27 Jan<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2021 - 2027) USD 1.5-2.5bn<br />

03/02 Thu 12:00 03:00 Japan Auction for Enhanced-liquidity 27 Jan JPY 0.3tn<br />

10:30 09:30 Spain Bono 2.5% 31 Oct 2013 31 Jan EUR 3-4bn<br />

10:50 09:50 France OATs 28 Jan EUR 7-9bn<br />

11:00 10:00 Sweden ILBs 27 Jan<br />

10:30 10:30 UK Gilt 4.25% 7 Dec 2040 25 Jan<br />

11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2016 - 2018) USD 7-9bn<br />

04/02 Fri 11:00 16:00 US Outright Treasury Coupon Purchase (2013 - 2015) USD 6-8bn<br />

Sources: Treasuries, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

80<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Next Week's T-Bills Supply<br />

Date Country Issues Details<br />

21/01 UK T-Bills Feb 2011 GBP 0.5bn<br />

T-Bills Apr 2011<br />

GBP 1bn<br />

T-Bills Jul 2011<br />

GBP 1.5bn<br />

24/01 France BTF Apr 2011 EUR 4bn<br />

BTF Jul 2011<br />

EUR 2bn<br />

BTF Jan 2012<br />

EUR 1.5bn<br />

Germany Bubills Jan 2012 (new) EUR 3bn<br />

US T-Bills Apr 2011 USD 29bn<br />

T-Bills Jul 2011<br />

USD 28bn<br />

FHLMC Bills 3-month & 6-month 21 Jan<br />

25/01 Spain Letras Apr 2011 24 Jan<br />

Letras Jul 2011<br />

24 Jan<br />

US T-Bills 4-week 24 Jan<br />

FHLB Discount Notes<br />

26/01 Japan T-Bills Apr 2011 JPY 4.8tn<br />

Italy BOT Jul 2011 21 Jan<br />

FNMA Bills 3-month & 6-month 24 Jan<br />

27/01 FHLB Discount Notes<br />

28/01 UK T-Bills 21 Jan<br />

Denmark T-Bills<br />

Sources: Treasuries, <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

Comments and charts<br />

• EGB gross supply will fall to EUR 13.5bn (ex-CTZ)<br />

in the week ahead from EUR 28.5bn in the past week. In<br />

10y duration-adjusted terms, it falls to EUR 10.3bn from<br />

EUR 15bn in the past week.<br />

• The Netherlands will conduct its first off-the-run taps<br />

for 2011 on Tuesday under the new schedule of a<br />

quarterly instead of a monthly frequency and with a<br />

bigger size. DSLs Jul-12 and Jul-17 will be tapped for a<br />

total amount of EUR 2-3bn. Italy will tap CTZ on<br />

Wednesday while, on the same day, Germany will tap<br />

30y Bund Jul-42 for EUR 2bn. On Thursday there will be<br />

BTPeis auction in Italy and on Friday the usual 3y and<br />

10y BTPs and CCT auctions. The inaugural EFSF bond<br />

issuance is expected to take place in the week ahead as<br />

the end of January has been suggested as the most<br />

likely timing of this issuance.<br />

• Outside of the eurozone, US will issue USD 99bn of<br />

2y, 5y and 7y notes. Denmark, Canada and Japan will<br />

also issue paper in the week ahead.<br />

Next Week's Eurozone Redemptions<br />

Date Country Details Amount<br />

26/01 Germany Bubills EUR 6.0bn<br />

27/01 France BTF EUR 8.0bn<br />

Total Eurozone Short-term Redemption<br />

EUR 14bn<br />

Next Week's Eurozone Coupons<br />

Country<br />

Amount<br />

Italy<br />

EUR 0.1bn<br />

Austria<br />

EUR 0.0bn<br />

Total Long-term Coupon Payments<br />

EUR 0.1bn<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Chart 1: Investors’ Net Cash Flows<br />

(EUR bn, 10y equivalent)<br />

Net Investors' Cash Flows<br />

(EUR bn , 10y equivalent)<br />

Week of Jan 10th Week of Jan 17th Week of Jan 24th Week of Jan 31st<br />

Chart 2: EGB Gross Supply Breakdown by<br />

Country (EUR bn, 10y equivalent)<br />

Germany Italy Portugal Belgium<br />

France Spain Netherlands Austria<br />

Finland Greece Ireland<br />

Week of Jan 10th Week of Jan 17th Week of Jan 24th Week of Jan 31st<br />

Chart 3: EGB Gross Supply Breakdown by<br />

Maturity (EUR bn, 10y equivalent)<br />

20<br />

18<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

EGBs Gross Supply (EUR bn, 10y equivalent)<br />

2-3-YR 5-7-YR 10-YR >10-YR<br />

Week of Jan 10th Week of Jan 17th Week of Jan 24th Week of Jan 31st<br />

All Charts Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section<br />

81<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Central Bank Watch<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong><br />

EUROZONE<br />

Current<br />

<strong>Rate</strong> (%)<br />

Minimum Bid <strong>Rate</strong> 1.00<br />

US<br />

Fed Funds <strong>Rate</strong> 0 to 0.25<br />

Discount <strong>Rate</strong> 0.75<br />

JAPAN<br />

Call <strong>Rate</strong> 0 to 0.10<br />

Basic Loan <strong>Rate</strong> 0.30<br />

UK<br />

Bank <strong>Rate</strong> 0.5<br />

DENMARK<br />

Lending <strong>Rate</strong> 1.05<br />

SWEDEN<br />

Repo <strong>Rate</strong> 1.25<br />

NORWAY<br />

Sight Deposit <strong>Rate</strong> 2.00<br />

SWITZERLAND<br />

3 Mth LIBOR Target<br />

Range<br />

CANADA<br />

0.0-0.75<br />

Overnight <strong>Rate</strong> 1.00<br />

Bank <strong>Rate</strong> 1.25<br />

AUSTRALIA<br />

Cash <strong>Rate</strong> 4.75<br />

CHINA<br />

1Y Bank Lending<br />

<strong>Rate</strong><br />

BRAZIL<br />

5.81%<br />

Selic Overnight <strong>Rate</strong> 11.25<br />

Date of<br />

Last<br />

Change<br />

-25bp<br />

(7/5/09)<br />

-75bp<br />

(16/12/08)<br />

+25bp<br />

(18/2/10)<br />

-10bp<br />

(5/10/10)<br />

-20bp<br />

(19/12/08)<br />

-50bp<br />

(5/3/09)<br />

-10bp<br />

(14/1/10)<br />

+25bp<br />

(15/12/10)<br />

+25bp<br />

(5/5/10)<br />

-25bp<br />

(12/3/09)<br />

+25bp<br />

(8/9/10)<br />

+25bp<br />

(8/9/10)<br />

+25bp<br />

(2/11/10)<br />

+25bp<br />

(25/12/10)<br />

+50bp<br />

(19/1/11)<br />

Next Change in<br />

Coming 6 Months<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

No Change<br />

+25bp<br />

(15/2/11)<br />

+25bp<br />

(12/5/11)<br />

No Change<br />

+25bp<br />

(1/6/11)<br />

+25bp<br />

(1/6/11)<br />

No change<br />

+25bp<br />

(Feb 11)<br />

+50bp<br />

(2/3/11)<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

For the full EMK Central Bank Watch please see our Local <strong>Market</strong>s Mover<br />

Comments<br />

Doubts about the sustainability of the recovery and low inflation<br />

pressures imply no rise in the refinancing rate for a considerable<br />

period of time: we expect the first increase only in H2 2012.<br />

The FOMC is expected to maintain the funds rate at 0 to 0.25%<br />

for an extended period. It will execute its QE2 programme through<br />

H1 2011, with a high probability of an extension through H2 2011.<br />

We expect the BoJ to maintain its overnight call rate at 0 to<br />

0.1% for an extended period. It could well expand its asset<br />

purchase programme, depending mainly on moves in the yen.<br />

Despite sluggish growth, we expect persistent upward surprises<br />

on inflation and rising inflation expectations to provoke an<br />

interest rate hike in Q3 – with the risk of an earlier move.<br />

Higher money market rates in the eurozone are likely to<br />

continue to put pressure on the krone. Thus, further increases in<br />

the interest rate on certificates of deposit are on the agenda.<br />

Strong domestic economic growth should lead to further rate<br />

hikes. We expect the Riksbank to deliver the next rate hike at<br />

February’s meeting.<br />

We expect the Norges Bank to raise rates in Q2 2011. Given the<br />

Bank’s hawkish statement in December, the risk is that the rate<br />

hike comes in Q1 if economic data surprise to the upside and<br />

the krone does not appreciate significantly.<br />

The rally in the franc is delivering a tightening of monetary<br />

conditions independent of SNB policy. The timing of the first hike<br />

remains dependent on exchange rate developments.<br />

In light of developments in global financial markets and the US<br />

economic outlook in particular, the BoC is pausing to allow<br />

further progress in the recovery. <strong>Rate</strong> hikes should resume in<br />

June 2011, with 75bp of increases delivered by the end of the<br />

year.<br />

The effective cash rate is moderately restrictive while financial<br />

and monetary conditions are outright tight. Below-trend growth<br />

is likely this year, especially given the impact of the Queensland<br />

floods. Underlying inflation is contained, albeit with upside risks.<br />

There is limited need for further tightening in the near term.<br />

Inflation pressure remains strong and the property market<br />

continues to overheat. We thus expect RRR to be hiked to 23% to<br />

slow M2 and lending growth to a 16-17% y/y pace. Further, we<br />

expect at least two 25bp hikes in H1 2011, supplemented by strict<br />

liquidity controls and tight money market rates.<br />

After being on hold since a hike in July 2011, the BCB resumed<br />

hiking in January 2011. In light of a worrisome inflation picture,<br />

the monetary authority is likely to continue tightening monetary<br />

policy in coming months.<br />

Change since our last weekly in bold and italics<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

82<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


Economic Forecasts<br />

GDP<br />

Year 2010<br />

2011<br />

(% y/y) ’09 ’10 (1) ’11 (1) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1)<br />

US -2.6 2.8 2.4 2.4 3.0 3.2 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.5<br />

Eurozone -4.0 1.7 1.6 0.8 2.0 1.9 2.0 2.1 1.5 1.5 1.5<br />

Japan -5.2 3.6 1.4 5.0 2.7 4.4 2.6 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.9<br />

World (2) -0.6 4.8 4.1 4.8 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.1 4.0 4.1 4.2<br />

Industrial Production<br />

Year<br />

2010<br />

2011<br />

(% y/y) ’09 ’10 (1) ’11 (1) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1)<br />

US -9.3 5.5 3.0 2.7 7.4 6.6 5.3 4.2 3.0 2.4 2.5<br />

Eurozone -14.6 6.8 2.8 4.6 9.0 6.9 6.6 4.6 2.6 2.2 1.8<br />

Japan -21.9 15.0 1.2 27.4 21.0 13.4 2.6 -1.3 -1.6 1.2 6.2<br />

Unemployment <strong>Rate</strong><br />

Year<br />

2010 2011<br />

(%) ’09 ’10 (1) ’11 (1) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1)<br />

US 9.3 9.7 9.5 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.5 9.3<br />

Eurozone 9.4 10.0 10.2 9.9 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.2 10.2 10.2<br />

Japan 5.1 5.1 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.5<br />

CPI<br />

Year<br />

2010<br />

2011<br />

(% y/y) ’09 ’10 (1) ’11 (1) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1)<br />

US -0.4 1.6 1.5 2.4 1.8 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.1<br />

Eurozone 0.3 1.6 2.2 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.3 1.9 2.2 2.3<br />

Japan -1.4 -0.7 -0.9 -1.2 -0.9 -0.8 0.0 -0.9 -1.0 -0.7 -1.1<br />

Current Account<br />

(% GDP) ’09<br />

Year<br />

’10 (1) ’11 (1) General Government<br />

(% GDP)<br />

’09<br />

Year<br />

’10 (1) ’11 (1)<br />

US -2.7 -3.4 -3.3 US (4) -10.0 -8.9 -9.9<br />

Eurozone -0.6 -0.5 -0.2 Eurozone -6.3 -6.2 -4.7<br />

Japan 2.8 3.5 3.5 Japan -10.2 -8.2 -6.8<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> Forecasts<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> (3)<br />

Year<br />

2011<br />

2012<br />

(%) ’09 ’10 ’11 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1) Q1 (1) Q2 (1) Q3 (1) Q4 (1)<br />

US<br />

Fed Funds <strong>Rate</strong> 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50<br />

3-month <strong>Rate</strong> 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.45 0.75 0.90<br />

2-year yield 1.14 0.61 1.00 0.50 0.75 0.85 1.00 1.10 1.50 2.15 2.40<br />

10-year yield 3.84 3.29 3.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.60<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 269 268 275 250 250 265 275 290 275 235 220<br />

Eurozone<br />

Refinancing <strong>Rate</strong> 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75<br />

3-month <strong>Rate</strong> 0.70 1.01 1.35 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.00<br />

2-year yield 1.37 0.85 1.50 1.00 1.20 1.30 1.50 1.70 2.05 2.30 2.45<br />

10-year yield 3.40 2.96 3.35 2.75 2.90 3.15 3.35 3.50 3.75 3.90 4.10<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 203 211 185 175 170 185 185 180 170 160 165<br />

Japan<br />

O/N Call <strong>Rate</strong> 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10<br />

3-month <strong>Rate</strong> 0.46 0.34 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35<br />

2-year yield 0.15 0.18 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30<br />

10-year yield 1.30 1.12 1.40 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.50 1.50<br />

2y/10y Spread (bp) 115 95 115 95 105 115 115 115 110 120 120<br />

Footnotes: (1) Forecast (2) Country weights used to construct world growth are those in the IMF World Economic Outlook Update<br />

April 2010 (3) End Period (4) Fiscal year Figures are y/y percentage change unless otherwise indicated<br />

Source: <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> / <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover<br />

83<br />

www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com


FX Forecasts*<br />

USD Bloc Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

EUR/USD 1.27 1.25 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.30 1.32 1.32 1.33 1.34 1.35<br />

USD/JPY 85 84 88 92 95 100 110 120 119 118 116<br />

USD/CHF 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.09 1.08 1.05 1.05 1.06 1.06 1.07 1.07<br />

GBP/USD 1.55 1.51 1.46 1.45 1.52 1.55 1.57 1.61 1.66 1.70 1.73<br />

USD/CAD 0.95 0.96 0.93 0.95 0.95 1.00 1.02 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.16<br />

AUD/USD 1.02 0.99 0.92 0.93 0.92 0.93 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.85 0.83<br />

NZD/USD 0.79 0.78 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.69 0.67 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60<br />

USD/SEK 7.09 7.04 7.58 7.56 7.36 7.08 6.89 6.89 6.99 6.94 6.96<br />

USD/NOK 6.22 6.16 6.33 6.10 5.92 5.77 5.76 5.68 5.49 5.30 5.19<br />

EUR Bloc Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

EUR/JPY 108 105 106 113 119 130 145 158 158 158 157<br />

EUR/GBP 0.82 0.83 0.82 0.85 0.82 0.84 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.79 0.78<br />

EUR/CHF 1.28 1.31 1.33 1.34 1.35 1.36 1.38 1.40 1.41 1.44 1.44<br />

EUR/SEK 9.00 8.80 9.10 9.30 9.20 9.20 9.10 9.10 9.30 9.30 9.40<br />

EUR/NOK 7.90 7.70 7.60 7.50 7.40 7.50 7.60 7.50 7.30 7.10 7.00<br />

EUR/DKK 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46 7.46<br />

Central Europe Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

USD/PLN 3.07 3.16 3.25 3.09 3.12 2.96 2.88 2.84 2.78 2.69 2.74<br />

EUR/CZK 24.7 24.5 24.3 24.5 24.3 24.0 23.9 23.8 24.0 23.8 23.5<br />

EUR/HUF 290 285 280 275 270 270 270 265 260 255 260<br />

USD/ZAR 7.30 7.50 7.40 7.30 7.40 7.30 7.30 7.50 7.20 7.10 7.00<br />

USD/TRY 1.50 1.52 1.48 1.47 1.49 1.46 1.47 1.46 1.45 1.43 1.42<br />

EUR/RON 4.35 4.50 4.50 4.40 4.20 4.30 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.10<br />

USD/RUB 30.32 30.11 31.19 29.90 30.11 29.07 28.85 28.41 27.86 27.32 28.51<br />

EUR/PLN 3.90 3.95 3.90 3.80 3.90 3.85 3.80 3.75 3.70 3.60 3.70<br />

USD/UAH 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5<br />

EUR/RSD 105 115 105 100 98 97 96 95 93 92 91<br />

Asia Bloc Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

USD/SGD 1.25 1.23 1.22 1.21 1.21 1.20 1.19 1.18 1.17 1.16 1.15<br />

USD/MYR 3.03 3.00 2.95 2.90 2.87 2.85 2.83 2.80 2.77 2.75 2.73<br />

USD/IDR 8800 8600 8500 8400 8300 8200 8100 8000 7900 7800 7800<br />

USD/THB 29.50 29.00 28.70 28.50 28.30 28.00 27.70 27.50 27.30 27.00 27.00<br />

USD/PHP 43.00 42.50 42.00 41.50 41.00 40.50 40.00 39.50 39.00 39.00 39.00<br />

USD/HKD 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80 7.80<br />

USD/RMB 6.58 6.52 6.49 6.45 6.40 6.35 6.30 6.26 6.23 6.20 6.17<br />

USD/TWD 28.70 28.00 27.70 27.30 27.00 26.70 26.50 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00<br />

USD/KRW 1100 1070 1060 1050 1040 1030 1020 1010 1000 1000 1000<br />

USD/INR 44.50 44.30 44.00 43.70 43.50 43.00 42.50 42.00 41.50 41.00 40.50<br />

USD/VND 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500 20500<br />

LATAM Bloc Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

USD/ARS 4.00 4.09 4.19 4.28 4.36 4.44 4.52 4.60 4.68 4.75 4.83<br />

USD/BRL 1.68 1.66 1.65 1.63 1.63 1.65 1.67 1.70 1.71 1.73 1.74<br />

USD/CLP 529 516 500 485 480 475 473 471 473 475 478<br />

USD/MXN 12.00 11.70 11.45 11.30 11.30 11.50 11.80 12.00 12.08 12.15 12.24<br />

USD/COP 1800 1750 1720 1700 1705 1730 1745 1760 1770 1780 1790<br />

USD/VEF 4.29 4.29 4.29 4.29 4.29 4.29 4.29 4.29 8.80 8.80 8.80<br />

USD/PEN 2.76 2.73 2.68 2.67 2.70 2.70 2.71 2.72 2.73 2.74 2.75<br />

Others Q1 '11 Q2 '11 Q3 '11 Q4 '11 Q1 '12 Q2 '12 Q3 '12 Q4 '12 Q1 '13 Q2 '13 Q3 '13<br />

USD Index 82.04 83.11 86.11 85.63 84.56 83.26 83.51 84.81 84.22 83.77 83.14<br />

*End Quarter<br />

Foreign Exchange <strong>Strategy</strong> 20 January 2011<br />

<strong>Market</strong> Mover, Non-Objective Research Section www.Global<strong>Market</strong>s.bnpparibas.com<br />

84


<strong>Market</strong> Coverage<br />

<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong><br />

Paul Mortimer-Lee Global Head of <strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> London 44 20 7595 8551 paul.mortimer-lee@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Ken Wattret Chief Eurozone <strong>Market</strong> Economist London 44 20 7595 8657 kenneth.wattret@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Luigi Speranza Head of Inflation <strong>Economics</strong>, Eurozone, Italy London 44 20 7595 8322 luigi.speranza@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Alan Clarke UK London 44 20 7595 8476 alan.clarke@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Eoin O’Callaghan Inflation, Eurozone, Switzerland, Ireland London 44 20 7595 8226 eoin.ocallaghan@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Gizem Kara Scandinavia London 44 20 7595 8783 gizem.kara@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Dominique Barbet Eurozone, France Paris 33 1 4298 1567 dominique.barbet@bnpparibas.com<br />

Julia Coronado Chief US Economist New York 1 212 841 2281 julia.l.coronado@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Yelena Shulyatyeva US, Canada New York 1 212 841 2258 yelena.shulyatyeva@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Bricklin Dwyer US, Canada New York 1 212 471-7996 bricklin.dwyer@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Ryutaro Kono Chief Economist Japan Tokyo 81 3 6377 1601 ryutaro.kono@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Hiroshi Shiraishi Japan Tokyo 81 3 6377 1602 hiroshi.shiraishi@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Azusa Kato Japan Tokyo 81 3 6377 1603 azusa.kato@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Makiko Fukuda Japan Tokyo 81 3 6377 1605 makiko.fukuda@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Richard Iley Head of Asia <strong>Economics</strong> Hong Kong 852 2108 5104 richard.iley@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Dominic Bryant Asia, Australia Hong Kong 852 2108 5105 dominic.bryant@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Mole Hau Asia Hong Kong 852 2108 5620 mole.hau@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Xingdong Chen Chief China Economist Beijing 86 10 6561 1118 xd.chen@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Isaac Y Meng China Beijing 86 10 6561 1118 isaac.y.meng@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Chan Kok Peng Chief Economist South East Asia Singapore 65 6210 1946 kokpeng.chan@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Marcelo Carvalho Head of Latin American <strong>Economics</strong> São Paulo 55 11 3841 3418 marcelo.carvalho@br.bnpparibas.com<br />

Italo Lombardi Latin America New York 1 212 841 6599 italo.lombardi@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Florencia Vazquez Latin American Economist Buenos Aires 54 11 4875 4363 florencia.vazquez@ar.bnpparibas.com<br />

Michal Dybula Central & Eastern Europe Warsaw 48 22 697 2354 michal.dybula@pl.bnpparibas.com<br />

Julia Tsepliaeva Russia & CIS Moscow 74 95 785 6022 julia.tsepliaeva@ru.bnpparibas.com<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong><br />

Cyril Beuzit Global Head of <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> London 44 20 7595 8639 cyril.beuzit@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Patrick Jacq Europe Strategist Paris 33 1 4316 9718 patrick.jacq@bnpparibas.com<br />

Hervé Cros Chief Inflation Strategist London 44 20 7595 8419 herve.cros@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Shahid Ladha Inflation Strategist London 44 20 7 595 8573 shahid.ladha@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Alessandro Tentori Chief Alpha <strong>Strategy</strong> Europe London 44 20 7595 8238 alessandro.tentori@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Eric Oynoyan Europe Alpha Strategist London 44 20 7595 8613 eric.oynoyan@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Matteo Regesta Europe Alpha Strategist London 44 20 7595 8607 matteo.regesta@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Ioannis Sokos Europe Alpha Strategist London 44 20 7595 8671 ioannis.sokos@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Camille de Courcel Europe Alpha Strategist London 44 20 7595 8295 camille.decourcel@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Bülent Baygün Head of <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> US New York 1 212 471 8043 bulent.baygun@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Mary-Beth Fisher US Senior Strategist New York 1 212 841 2912 mary-beth.fisher@us.bnpparibas.com<br />

Sergey Bondarchuk US Strategist New York 1 212 841 2026 sergey.bondarchuk@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Suvrat Prakash US Strategist New York 1 917 472 4374 suvrat.prakash@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Rohit Garg US Strategist New York 1212 841 3937 rohit.k.garg@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Anish Lohokare MBS Strategist New York 1 212 841 2867 anish.lohokare@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Olurotimi Ajibola MBS Strategist New York 1 212 8413831 olurotimi.ajibola@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Koji Shimamoto Head of <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> Japan Tokyo 81 3 6377 1700 koji.shimamoto@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Tomohisa Fujiki Japan Strategist Tokyo 81 3 6377 1703 Tomohisa.fujiki@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Masahiro Kikuchi Japan Strategist Tokyo 81 3 6377 1703 masahiro.kikuchi@japan.bnpparibas.com<br />

Christian Séné Technical Analyst Paris 33 1 4316 9717 christian.séné@bnpparibas.com<br />

FX <strong>Strategy</strong><br />

Hans Redeker Global Head of FX <strong>Strategy</strong> London 44 20 7595 8086 hans-guenter.redeker@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Ian Stannard FX Strategist London 44 20 7595 8086 ian.stannard@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

James Hellawell Quantitative Strategist London 44 20 7595 8485 james.hellawell@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Kiran Kowshik FX Strategist Singapore 65 6210 3264 kiran.kowshik@bnpparibas.com<br />

Mary Nicola FX Strategist New York 1 212 841 2492 mary.nicola@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Andy Chaveriat Technical Analyst New York 1 212 841 2408 andrew.chaveriat@americas.bnpparibas.com<br />

Local <strong>Market</strong>s FX & <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong><br />

Drew Brick Head of FX & IR <strong>Strategy</strong> Asia Singapore 65 6210 3262 Drew.brick@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Chin Loo Thio FX & IR Asia Strategist Singapore 65 6210 3263 chin.thio@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Robert Ryan FX & IR Asia Strategist Singapore 65 6210 3314 robert.ryan@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Jasmine Poh FX & IR Asia Strategist Singapore 65 6210 3418 jasmine.j.poh@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Gao Qi FX & IR Asia Strategist Shanghai 86 21 2896 2876 gao.qi@asia.bnpparibas.com<br />

Bartosz Pawlowski Head of FX & IR <strong>Strategy</strong> CEEMEA London 44 20 7595 8195 Bartosz.pawlowski@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Elisabeth Gruié FX & IR CEEMEA Strategist London 44 20 7595 8492 elisabeth.gruie@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Dina Ahmad FX & IR CEEMEA Strategist London 44 20 7 595 8620 dina.ahmad@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

Diego Donadio FX & IR Latin America Strategist São Paulo 55 11 3841 3421 diego.donadio@@br.bnpparibas.com<br />

85


For Production and Distribution, please contact:<br />

Ann Aston, <strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong>, London. Tel: 44 20 7595 8503 Email: 0Hann.aston@uk.bnpparibas.com,<br />

Danielle Catananzi, <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong>, London. Tel: 44 20 7595 4418 Email: 1Hdanielle.catananzi@uk.bnpparibas.com,<br />

Derek Allassani, FX <strong>Strategy</strong>, London. Tel: 44 20 7595 8486 Email: 2Hderek.allassani@uk.bnpparibas.com,<br />

Martine Borde, <strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong>/<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong>, Paris. Tel: 33 1 4298 4144 Email 3Hmartine.borde@bnpparibas.com<br />

Editors: Amanda Grantham-Hill, <strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong>/<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong>, London. Tel: 44 20 7595 4107 Email: 4Hamanda.grantham-hill@bnpparibas.com;<br />

Nick Ashwell, FX/<strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong>, London. Tel: 44 20 7595 4120 Email: 5Hnick.ashwell@uk.bnpparibas.com<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Global Fixed Income Website<br />

6Hwww.globalmarkets.bnpparibas.com<br />

Bloomberg<br />

Fixed Income Research BPCM <strong>Market</strong> <strong>Economics</strong> BPEC<br />

<strong>Interest</strong> <strong>Rate</strong> <strong>Strategy</strong> BPBS Forex <strong>Strategy</strong> BPFR<br />

RESEARCH DISCLAIMERS:<br />

IMPORTANT DISCLOSURES: Please see important disclosures in the text of this report.<br />

Some sections of this report have been written by our strategy teams. These sections are clearly labelled and do not purport to be an exhaustive analysis,<br />

and may be subject to conflicts of interest resulting from their interaction with sales and trading which could affect the objectivity of this report. (Please<br />

see further important disclosures in the text of this report). These sections are a marketing communication. They are not independent investment<br />

research. They have not been prepared in accordance with legal requirements designed to provide the independence of investment research, and are<br />

not subject to any prohibition on dealing ahead of the dissemination of investment research.<br />

The information and opinions contained in this report have been obtained from, or are based on, public sources believed to be reliable, but no<br />

representation or warranty, express or implied, is made that such information is accurate, complete or up to date and it should not be relied upon as such.<br />

This report does not constitute an offer or solicitation to buy or sell any securities or other investment. Information and opinions contained in the report are<br />

published for the assistance of recipients, but are not to be relied upon as authoritative or taken in substitution for the exercise of judgement by any<br />

recipient, are subject to change without notice and not intended to provide the sole basis of any evaluation of the instruments discussed herein. Any<br />

reference to past performance should not be taken as an indication of future performance. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas group<br />

company accepts any liability whatsoever (including in negligence) for any direct or consequential loss arising from any use of or reliance on material<br />

contained in this report. All estimates and opinions included in this report are made as of the date of this report. Unless otherwise indicated in this report<br />

there is no intention to update this report. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas SA and its affiliates (collectively “<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas”) may make a market in, or may, as principal or<br />

agent, buy or sell securities of any issuer or person mentioned in this report or derivatives thereon. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas may have a financial interest in any<br />

issuer or person mentioned in this report, including a long or short position in their securities and/or options, futures or other derivative instruments based<br />

thereon, or vice versa. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, including its officers and employees may serve or have served as an officer, director or in an advisory capacity for<br />

any person mentioned in this report. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas may, from time to time, solicit, perform or have performed investment banking, underwriting or other<br />

services (including acting as adviser, manager, underwriter or lender) within the last 12 months for any person referred to in this report. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas may<br />

be a party to an agreement with any person relating to the production of this report. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, may to the extent permitted by law, have acted upon or<br />

used the information contained herein, or the research or analysis on which it was based, before its publication. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas may receive or intend to<br />

seek compensation for investment banking services in the next three months from or in relation to any person mentioned in this report. Any person<br />

mentioned in this report may have been provided with sections of this report prior to its publication in order to verify its factual accuracy.<br />

<strong>BNP</strong> Paribas is incorporated in France with limited liability. Registered Office 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris. This report was produced by a <strong>BNP</strong><br />

Paribas group company. This report is for the use of intended recipients and may not be reproduced (in whole or in part) or delivered or transmitted to any<br />

other person without the prior written consent of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas. By accepting this document you agree to be bound by the foregoing limitations.<br />

Certain countries within the European Economic Area:<br />

This report is solely prepared for professional clients. It is not intended for retail clients and should not be passed on to any such persons.<br />

This report has been approved for publication in the United Kingdom by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas London Branch. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas London Branch is authorised by<br />

CECEI and AMF and authorised and subject to limited regulation by the Financial Services Authority. Details of the extent of our authorisation and<br />

regulation by the Financial Services Authority are available from us on request.<br />

This report has been approved for publication in France by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, a credit institution licensed as an investment services provider by the CECEI<br />

and the AMF, whose head office is 16, Boulevard des Italiens 75009 Paris, France.<br />

This report is being distributed in Germany either by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas London Branch or by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Niederlassung Frankfurt am Main, regulated by the<br />

Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin).<br />

United States: This report is being distributed to US persons by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities Corp., or by a subsidiary or affiliate of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas that is not<br />

registered as a US broker-dealer to US major institutional investors only. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities Corp., a subsidiary of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, is a broker-dealer<br />

registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, the New York Stock Exchange<br />

and other principal exchanges. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities Corp. accepts responsibility for the content of a report prepared by another non-US affiliate only<br />

when distributed to US persons by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities Corp.<br />

Japan: This report is being distributed to Japanese based firms by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities (Japan) Limited, Tokyo Branch, or by a subsidiary or affiliate<br />

of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas not registered as a financial instruments firm in Japan, to certain financial institutions defined by article 17-3, item 1 of the Financial<br />

Instruments and Exchange Law Enforcement Order. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities (Japan) Limited, Tokyo Branch, a subsidiary of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas, is a financial<br />

instruments firm registered according to the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and a member of the Japan Securities Dealers<br />

Association. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities (Japan) Limited, Tokyo Branch accepts responsibility for the content of a report prepared by another non-Japan<br />

affiliate only when distributed to Japanese based firms by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Securities (Japan) Limited, Tokyo Branch. Some of the foreign securities stated<br />

on this report are not disclosed according to the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan.<br />

Hong Kong: This report is being distributed in Hong Kong by <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Hong Kong Branch, a branch of <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas whose head office is in Paris,<br />

France. <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas Hong Kong Branch is regulated as a Registered Institution by Hong Kong Monetary Authority for the conduct of Advising on<br />

Securities [Regulated Activity Type 4] under the Securities and Futures Ordinance.<br />

© <strong>BNP</strong> Paribas (2011). All rights reserved.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!